MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION
10-K, 1998-12-11
STEEL PIPE & TUBES
Previous: CROSS TIMBERS OIL CO, S-8, 1998-12-11
Next: HS RESOURCES INC, 8-K, 1998-12-11


                                                  
<PAGE>


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, DC 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

[x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934 For The Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1998
                                       OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934

     For the transition period from _____________ to ______________

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER                                                  1-10651

                           MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION
              (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
       DELAWARE                                                       43-1455766
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                                 (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)                               Identification No.)

  16401 Swingley Ridge Road, Seventh Floor
  Chesterfield, Missouri                                              63017-4800
(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)
                              (314) 733-1600
             (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
                                        Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                                        Preferred Share Purchase Rights

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed  by  Section  13 or 15 (d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  Registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes XX No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best  of  the  Registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. ( )

The  aggregate  market  value of the  15,301,072  shares of Common Stock held by
non-affiliates  of the  Registrant as of December 10 was  $______________  based
upon the closing price as reported on the NASDAQ  National  Market on that date.
As of December 10, 1998, the Registrant  had  15,437,474  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock.
                     ----------------------------------

                     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

As provided  herein,  portions of the  documents  listed below are  incorporated
herein by reference:

Document                                                        Part - Form 10-K
Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal 
  Year Ended September 30, 1998                               Parts I, II and IV
Proxy Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders             Part III


                  MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                                   INDEX

PART I.

Item 1.           BUSINESS

Item 2.           PROPERTIES

Item 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Item 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Item 4A.         EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

PART II.

Item 5.           MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                     STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Item 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Item 7.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Item 7A.          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Item 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Item 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                     ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

PART III.

Item 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Item 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Item 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                     MANAGEMENT

Item 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

PART IV.

Item 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
                     FORM 8-K

                  SIGNATURES

                  EXHIBIT INDEX

This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
the federal securities laws which,  while reflective of management's  beliefs or
expectations,  involve certain risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond
the control of the Company.  Accordingly,  the Company's  actual results and the
timing of certain events could differ  materially from those  discussed  herein.
Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences  include, but are not
limited to, oil and gas price volatility, steel price volatility and those other
factors  discussed  in  the  Sections  captioned  "Business"  and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
those risk factors discussed in Exhibit 99.1 hereto.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1

BUSINESS

General

Maverick Tube Corporation,  together with its subsidiaries,  Maverick Investment
Corporation,  Maverick  Tube,  L.P.  and  Maverick  Tube  International,   Inc.,
("Maverick" or the "Company")  manufactures  electric  resistance welded ("ERW")
pipe used in the energy industry for drilling and production  applications ("oil
country  tubular  goods" or  "OCTG")  and line  pipe for  surface  handling  and
transportation  of oil and natural gas. OCTG and line pipe products are produced
through both the ERW and seamless  processes,  and ERW pipe is generally a lower
priced,  comparable  quality  alternative to seamless pipe in many applications.
The  Company  believes  it is one of the  leading  domestic  producers  of  OCTG
products.

The Company also manufactures structural tubing (shapes and rounds) and standard
pipe.  Structural  tubing is an ERW product used  predominately in construction,
transportation,  agriculture,  material handling and recreational  applications.
Standard  pipe,  as in OCTG,  is  produced  through  both  the ERW and  seamless
processes,  with  the  significant  majority  of  producers  manufacturing  ERW.
Standard pipe is used in various industrial applications.

In fiscal 1999, the Company will begin the  production of cold drawn  mechanical
tubing  through its  recently  purchased  production  facility in Beaver  Falls,
Pennsylvania.  This product will be included in the Company's industrial product
segment.

For  information  with  regard to total  revenue,  operating  profit or loss and
identifiable  assets  attributable to each of the energy and industrial  product
segments, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 27 of the
Company's  1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders  ("Annual  Report"),  portions of
which are filed as Exhibit 13, hereto.

Effective  October 1, 1997, the operating assets and related  liabilities of the
Company's  two operating  divisions (i.e.,  its Texas  division and its Arkansas
Division),  which constituted substantially all of the assets and liabilities of
the Company, were contributed to Maverick Tube, L.P., a limited partnership (the
"Operating  Company").  Maverick Tube  Corporation  holds a five-percent  equity
interest in the Operating Company as the sole general partner thereof.  Maverick
Investment Corporation,  a wholly-owned subsidiary of Maverick Tube Corporation,
holds the ninety-five  percent equity  interest in the Operating  Company as the
sole limited partner  thereof.  This restructure was effected to more accurately
reflect the manner in which the Company  conducts its  business.  As a result of
this  restructure,  Maverick now conducts  substantially  all of its  operations
through the Operating Company. The newly purchased production facility in Beaver
Falls, Pennsylvania, is therefore held by the Operating Company.

The Energy Pipe Industry

OCTG products are used in drilling,  completion and production  applications  in
the energy  industry.  The  domestic  consumption  of OCTG  products  depends on
several factors,  the most  significant  being the number of oil and natural gas
wells being drilled.  In addition,  OCTG  production  tubing may be periodically
replaced during the life of a producing  well. OCTG  consumption is satisfied by
domestic   production,   imports  and   draw-downs  of   inventories   owned  by
manufacturers, distributors and end users.

A significant factor affecting the market for production of OCTG products is the
level of industry inventories maintained by manufacturers,  distributors and end
users. For calendar years 1996 and 1997,  increasing  industry  inventory levels
added 4.7% and 16.0%,  respectively,  to OCTG demand.  For the nine months ended
September 30, 1998,  industry  inventory levels were relatively  flat.  However,
because of the prior build in industry  inventories  coupled with the  declining
rig count  (down  24.4% from its fiscal 1997 level of 998 rigs to 754 at the end
of fiscal 1998),  the Company  believes that  inventory  levels at September 30,
1998 resulted in a 30% increase in inventory per rig. This increase in inventory
per rig has been reflected in the current 7.3 months of supply in inventory.

OCTG products are produced in numerous sizes, weights,  grades and end finishes.
The Company believes that most OCTG products are produced to American  Petroleum
Institute ("API")  specifications.  In addition, the Company and other producers
manufacture pipe in certain custom or proprietary grades. The grade of pipe used
in a particular  application  depends on technical  requirements  for  strength,
corrosion  resistance  and  other  performance  qualities.   OCTG  products  are
generally  classified  into  groupings  of "carbon" and "alloy"  grades.  Carbon
grades of OCTG (yield  strength levels of 75,000 pounds per square inch or less)
are  generally  used  in  oil  and  natural  gas  wells  drilled  to  depths  of
approximately  8,000 to 11,000 feet. Alloy grades of OCTG (yield strength levels
of 75,000 pounds per square inch or more) are generally  used in oil and natural
gas wells drilled to depths in excess of 11,000 feet.

Carbon  and  alloy  grades  of OCTG  products  are  available  from both ERW and
seamless  producers.  ERW pipe is produced by processing  flat rolled steel into
strips  which  are  cold-formed,   welded,  heat-treated  or  seam-annealed  and
end-finished  with  threads and  couplings.  Seamless  products  are produced by
individually  heating and  piercing  solid steel  billets into pipe and then end
finishing such pipe into OCTG in a manner  similar to ERW. The Company  believes
that the  seamless  manufacturing  process  involves  higher  costs than the ERW
process and that, as a result,  seamless  products are  generally  priced higher
than comparable ERW products.

Based  on  published  industry  statistics,  ERW  products,  which  did not have
significant  market  penetration  prior  to  the  mid-1970's,  now  account  for
approximately  forty-six  percent  of the  tonnage  of  domestic  OCTG  products
consumed annually. The Company believes ERW products have captured a significant
majority of the carbon  grade OCTG  market,  while  seamless  products  retain a
significant  majority of the alloy grade OCTG market.  The Company believes that
further  significant  market  penetration  of  ERW  products  will  depend  upon
increased market  acceptance of ERW products and  technological  advances in the
types of raw materials and equipment utilized in the ERW manufacturing process.

Line pipe,  which is principally  used for surface  transmission of oil, natural
gas and other fluids, is produced  principally by companies with capabilities to
produce OCTG products and is produced in both ERW and seamless  form.  Line pipe
markets are dependent  not only on the factors which  influence the OCTG market,
but also on the level of pipe line construction activity,  line pipe replacement
requirements,  new residential construction and utility purchasing programs. The
Company  shipped  21,097  tons of line pipe in fiscal 1998 as compared to 26,501
and  30,112  tons of line  pipe in  fiscal  1997  and  1996,  respectively.  The
decreased  sales by the Company of line pipe in fiscal 1997 were principally due
to a shift in  manufacturing  capacity as it  concentrated on the improving OCTG
market.  The decreased sales by the Company of line pipe in fiscal 1998 were due
to competition from imported pipe.

Products

The  Company  produces  both OCTG and line pipe  products.  Prior to 1994,  OCTG
products constituted approximately 90% of the Company's net sales. During fiscal
1996,  the  percentage  decreased  to 65% as the Company  continued  to grow its
industrial products market share.  During fiscal 1997, the percentage  increased
to 71.8% due to strong OCTG demand and increases by the Company in the number of
products  offered.  During fiscal 1998, the percentage  returned to 65.3% as the
high  demand in the  energy  market  experienced  during  the  first six  months
decreased  significantly,  while the industrial  products market  continued on a
stable growth pattern.

OCTG products include production tubing, which is used to convey oil and natural
gas to the surface of a well,  production casing,  which is used to line a newly
completed  well,  and  surface  casing,  which is used to protect  water-bearing
formations  during the drilling of a well.  Generally,  deeper wells  drilled to
depths greater than 15,000 feet require  products that presently  cannot be made
by the Company's ERW process. Line pipe products are used for surface production
flow lines,  gathering  systems and  pipeline  transportation  and  distribution
systems for oil,  natural gas and other fluids.  The Company's  energy  products
meet API or other proprietary standards. The Company's proprietary OCTG and line
pipe products are generally  designed to be utilized in similar  applications as
products  meeting  API  standards  and are  engineered  to  provide  performance
features comparable to products meeting API standards.  The Company warrants its
API  casing  and tubing to be free of defects  in  material  or  workmanship  in
accordance with applicable API specifications and warrants its proprietary grade
products against defects in accordance with the Company's  standards,  which are
disclosed to customers in connection  with their purchase of such products.  The
Company has not incurred significant costs in connection with this warranty. The
Company maintains insurance coverage against potential claims in an amount which
it believes to be adequate.

The  Company  manufactures  finished  products  in both  carbon and alloy  steel
grades.  Virtually  all  of  the  Company's  products  are  fully  completed  or
"end-finished"  at the  Company's  facilities,  in  contrast  to  certain of the
Company's competitors which do not end-finish their products or which end-finish
their products at different locations, thus adding to their freight and handling
costs. The end-finish  process includes,  as appropriate,  upsetting,  beveling,
threading,  pressure  testing and the  application  of couplings.  The Company's
fully  finished  OCTG  products  are ready to be installed in oil or natural gas
wells.  By  end-finishing  its  products,  the Company is better able to control
quality, cost and service to customers.  Both of the Company's energy facilities
provide heat-treatment  capabilities necessary for the production of alloy grade
pipe. The Company's  alloy grade tubing and casing  products  accounted for 24%,
23% and 27% of net sales in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Marketing

The Company sells its products primarily throughout the United States and Canada
to numerous distributors, which resell the pipe to major and independent oil and
natural gas  production,  gathering  and pipeline  companies.  During the fiscal
years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996,  sales by the Company to Canadian
customers   constituted   $17.9  million,   $26.3  million  and  $12.9  million,
respectively.  Sales to other  foreign  customers in fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996
made  up an  additional  $900,000,  $400,000  and  $300,000,  respectively.  The
Company's  marketing  philosophy  emphasizes  delivering   competitively  priced
quality  products and  providing a high level of service to its  customers.  The
Company maintains  inventories of finished goods which are housed at both of its
production facilities and at field locations close to areas of drilling activity
which  allows the  Company to provide  timely  delivery of its  products.  As of
September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company's  backlog orders (including bill
and hold sales not yet shipped) were approximately $19.5 million,  $62.7 million
and $57.6 million,  respectively.  All of the backlog orders as of September 30,
1998 are expected to be filled in fiscal 1999.  The Company's  backlog orders as
of any particular date may not be indicative of the Company's  actual  operating
results  for any fiscal  period.  There can be no  assurance  that the amount of
backlog at any particular date will ultimately be realized.

In  fiscal  1998,  1997 and  1996,  one  distributor,  National  Oilwell,  Inc.,
accounted  for 14%, 14% and 16% of the  Company's  net sales,  respectively.  In
fiscal 1997, another distributor, Master Tubulars, Inc. accounted for 11% of the
Company's net sales. The Company  currently  utilizes  several  distributors and
believes  that  additional  qualified  distributors  are available to assist the
Company in meeting the  end-users'  needs.  While the Company  believes  that it
could replace any one distributor of its products,  including  National Oilwell,
Inc. or Master Tubulars,  Inc. with other qualified  distributors,  no assurance
can be given that the loss of National  Oilwell,  Inc. or Master Tubulars,  Inc.
would not have an  adverse  effect on the  Company's  net  sales or  results  of
operations.

Raw Materials

All steel purchases are made at the Company's  headquarters in order to optimize
pricing, quality,  availability and delivery of the Company's raw materials. The
Company  consumes  approximately  2.5% of the total  amount of hot rolled  steel
produced  annually in the United States and believes it is generally  considered
to be a significant purchaser by its suppliers.  The Company maintains favorable
working  relationships  with its steel suppliers and believes that it is treated
favorably  with  respect  to volume  allocations  and  deliveries.  The  Company
presently  purchases the majority of its steel from several domestic  suppliers,
with  approximately 75% of consolidated  purchases made from Nucor  Corporation.
During fiscal 1998, the Company began  purchasing some of its raw materials from
foreign suppliers due to their competitive pricing. To date, the Company has not
experienced any significant disruption in its supply of raw materials.

Manufacturing

The  Company  manufactures  OCTG and line pipe  products  at its  facilities  in
Conroe, Texas and Hickman, Arkansas. The facilities are strategically located to
serve the energy markets in the United States. The Company can currently produce
at a consolidated  maximum rate of  approximately  669,000 tons of pipe per year
with approximately  477,000 tons currently  dedicated to energy production.  The
Company was operating its facilities at a capacity  utilization of approximately
55% during fiscal 1998.  Substantially  all of the Company's energy products are
finished on site for immediate drilling, production or line pipe applications.

In order to control its  manufacturing  costs,  the Company attempts to maximize
production  yields from purchased  steel and reduce unit labor costs.  Purchased
steel  represents  approximately  67% of the Company's cost of goods sold. Labor
costs are  controlled  by  automation  of certain  activities  and by optimizing
product  throughput and scheduling.  For fiscal 1998,  direct and indirect labor
costs  accounted for  approximately  10% of the cost of goods sold.  The Company
maintains  an  innovative   compensation  plan  at  both  of  its  manufacturing
facilities,   whereby   employees   receive   quarterly   bonuses  for  superior
productivity  and cost  savings.  In addition,  some  employees  are eligible to
receive  annual  profitability  bonuses  based upon the  Company's  consolidated
earnings. The maximum achievable incentives and bonuses range from 15% to 75% of
an employee's salary or wages.

During fiscal 1998, the Company spent $7.5 million on new capital  equipment for
its energy  facilities.  These  capital  expenditures  are expected to result in
manufacturing  cost savings,  quality  improvements and expanding or maintaining
production capabilities.

Competition

The market for OCTG and line pipe  products is highly  competitive.  The Company
believes  that the  principal  competitive  factors  affecting  its business are
price,  quality,  delivery,  availability  and service.  The Company believes it
enjoys an excellent  reputation for quality  products and  outstanding  customer
service.  The Company  competes  with  approximately  nine domestic and numerous
foreign  producers  of OCTG  products,  some of  which  have  greater  financial
resources  than the  Company.  The  Company's  more  significant  ERW pipe  OCTG
competitors  are  Lone  Star  Steel  Co.  and  Newport  Steel  Co.  and its more
significant   seamless  pipe  OCTG  competitors   include  United  States  Steel
Corporation,  North Star Steel Co. and C F & I Limited Partnership.  The Company
also competes in the line pipe market against these same  competitors,  and with
foreign  producers of OCTG  products,  most of which are units of large  foreign
steel  makers.  During  calendar  years 1996,  1997 and the first nine months of
1998,  domestic OCTG market  penetration by imports was 11.8%,  22.5% and 18.6%,
respectively, of tons consumed.

The Structural Tube and Standard Pipe Industry

Structural   tubing   products   are  used  in   construction,   transportation,
agriculture,  material  handling  and  recreational  applications.  The uses for
structural  tubing include  handrails,  building  columns,  walkway  components,
bridge frames,  recreational vehicle frameworks,  boat trailers,  farm implement
components,  tillage equipment,  storage rack systems, conveying systems support
and  exercise  equipment.  Demand  for  structural  tubing  is  believed  to  be
influenced  primarily  by the level of general  economic  activity in the United
States.  In addition,  structural  tubing is an attractive  alternative to other
structural  steel forms,  such as I-beams and H-beams,  as tubing products offer
strength and other product characteristics similar to beams, but with less steel
content, resulting in lower costs to the end user in certain applications.

The Company  believes that  domestic  consumption  of  structural  tubing during
calendar  1997,  1996 and 1995 was 1.7 million,  1.4 million and 1.5 million and
tons, respectively. Based on published industry statistics, the Company believes
that the types of  structural  tubing  products  it is capable of  manufacturing
account  for more than 85% of the  domestic  tonnage  of all  types of  domestic
structural tubing products consumed.

Standard pipe products are used in industrial applications such as steam, water,
air and gas  lines,  and  plumbing  and  heating.  Demand for  standard  pipe is
believed to be influenced primarily by the level of general economic activity in
the  United  States.  In  recent  years,  standard  pipe has faced  limited  new
competition from plastic pipe in certain applications.

The Company believes that domestic  consumption of standard pipe during calendar
1997,  1996  and  1995  was 2.7  million,  2.6  million  and 2.6  million  tons,
respectively.  Based on published industry statistics, the Company believes that
the types of  standard  products  it is  capable of  manufacturing  account  for
approximately 30% of the domestic tonnage of all types of domestic standard pipe
products consumed annually.

Products

The Company is currently  producing  structural  square and  rectangular  shaped
tubing products on two tubing mills in its structural  tube facility  located in
Hickman,  Arkansas.  The Company is also currently  producing  structural  round
tubing products and standard pipe at its two energy facilities in Conroe,  Texas
and  Hickman,  Arkansas.  Because  of  the  large  number  of  applications  for
structural  tubing and standard pipe, the number of different  structural tubing
and standard pipe products  produced for the industrial  market is  considerably
larger than that  produced for the OCTG  market.  The Company  produces  square,
rectangular and round structural  tubing at its facilities in sizes ranging from
one and one half to eight inch square (and the  equivalent  sizes in rectangular
and round  tubing) and in  thicknesses  from 0.120 to 0.500  inches.  The annual
capacity  dedicated to industrial  products is  approximately  192,000 tons. The
Company was operating at approximately 85% of capacity during 1998.

Marketing

The structural tubing and standard pipe markets are somewhat regional in nature,
primarily because order sizes are smaller and lead time requirements are shorter
than for OCTG products. The Company currently sells principally to distributors,
but  during  fiscal  1998 and 1997  significantly  increased  its sales to large
end-user  customers.  As in the case of OCTG products,  the Company's  marketing
strategy  emphasizes  delivering   competitively  priced  quality  products  and
providing a high level of service to its  customers.  As  indicated  above,  the
application  of structural  tubing and standard pipe products is diverse,  and a
short lead time is required for customer satisfaction. Consequently, the Company
maintains  inventory  levels  comparable to those for OCTG products (in terms of
months  supply),  but such  finished  goods  inventory  will consist of a larger
number of items  than in the case of OCTG.  The  Company  is  utilizing  several
experienced  agency firms in its sales  efforts.  As of September 30, 1998,  the
Company's  backlog orders were  approximately  $5.5 million.  All of the backlog
orders as of September  30, 1998 are  expected to be filled in fiscal 1999.  The
Company's  backlog orders as of any particular date may not be indicative of the
Company's  actual  operating  results  for any  fiscal  period.  There can be no
assurance  that the  amount of  backlog  at any given  time  ultimately  will be
realized.

Manufacturing

The  manufacturing  process for structural  tubing and standard pipe products is
similar to the process of manufacturing  plain-end OCTG products.  The machinery
and equipment used for the manufacture of structural tubing products are similar
to equipment used for the  manufacture of OCTG products.  Structural  tubing and
standard pipe is not,  however,  subject to the same degree of tolerances as are
OCTG products,  which results in lower  production costs relating to testing and
inspection than for OCTG products. Moreover,  structural tubing does not require
end finishing,  flash  elimination  from the welding  process or seam annealing.
Because less finishing is required of structural  tubing products as compared to
OCTG,  the  average  cost per ton to  convert  steel into  structural  tubing is
significantly  less than OCTG.  Unlike  OCTG  products,  all  structural  tubing
products are ERW.

Consistent with its manufacturing strategy for OCTG production,  the Company has
become a  low-cost,  high-volume  producer  of  quality  structural  tubing  and
standard  pipe  products.  The  Company  believes  that the  application  of its
efficient  manufacturing  process developed for the production of OCTG products,
the labor  costs at its  Arkansas  facility  and the  strategic  location of the
facility  provide  a  conversion  cost  advantage  relative  to the  majority of
existing structural tubing and standard pipe manufacturers.

During  fiscal 1998,  the Company  spent  approximately  $722,000 on  additional
equipment needed for manufacturing.

Competition

Although a significant market for structural tubing is located within a 400 mile
radius of the structural facility,  no other major structural tubing facility is
currently located within this area. Foreign competition,  primarily from Canada,
represent  24%,  26% and 29% of total  domestic  sales of  structural  tubing in
calendar  1997,  1996  and  1995.  The  Company   competes   primarily   against
approximately  seven  domestic and  numerous  foreign  producers  of  structural
tubing.  The Company's more significant  structural tube competitors are Leavitt
Tube Company, Inc., Welded Tube Corporation of America,  Copperweld,  Bull Moose
Tube Corporation and Ex-L-Tube, Inc.

A significant market for standard pipe also exists.  Foreign competition has had
a large presence in the standard pipe market.  Foreign  competition  represented
approximately  24%,  25% and 29% of total  domestic  sales of  standard  pipe in
calendar  1997,  1996  and  1995.  The  Company's  more   significant   domestic
competitors are Wheatland Tube Company,  Armco,  Inc. Sawhill Tubular  Division,
Laclede Steel Company and IPSCO Tubulars, Inc.

The Cold Drawn Mechanical Tubing Industry

In fiscal 1998, the Company  acquired assets that will be used in the production
of cold  drawn  tubular  products  at a  production  facility  in Beaver  Falls,
Pennsylvania  from PMAC,  Ltd. for $11.5  million.  This facility is expected to
begin production during the first six months of fiscal 1999.

Products

The drawn tubing market is comprised of mechanical or pressure  tubing  utilized
for applications  that require closer  tolerances and/or a better surface finish
than  ordinary  ERW  or  seamless  tubing.  Drawn  tubing  applications  include
hydraulic,  pneumatic  and gas cylinder  stock,  power takeoff and auger shafts,
electric  motor  housings,  conveyor  rollers  and  axles.  There  are also some
oilfield applications such as mud pumps, precision pumps, perforating gun tubes,
subsurface pump shells and coupling stock and some consumer applications such as
motorcycle forks,  exercise equipment,  office furniture,  playground equipment,
bicycles and boat trailers.

Marketing

The drawn  tubing  market is driven  primarily  by the  economy.  Other  factors
include grain prices and  infrastructure  construction due to the large quantity
of drawn mechanical tubing consumed in cylinder  manufacturing.  The market size
is currently  about 600,000 tons per year with ERW  accounting  for 450,000 tons
and seamless accounting for 150,000.  Imports typically satisfy less than 10% of
consumption. The five year historic growth rate for the market is 5.7%.

The market is  basically  broken  down into three  segments  based upon  outside
diameter  and wall of the tube.  Group 1 is outside  diameter  through  4", wall
thicknesses through .134", Group 2 is outside diameter from through 7 1/2", wall
thicknesses  through .320" and Group 3 is the outside diameter above 7 1/2", all
wall  thicknesses.  Maverick's  current  business  plan for the facility will be
concentrated on the Group 2 and Group 3 market segments.

Manufacturing

Drawn Tubing starts with either a plain end ERW or seamless tube.  Approximately
80% of the drawn tubing facility's raw material  requirements can be produced by
any of Maverick's  three other  production  facilities.  The  remainder  will be
purchased from outside sources and will include both smaller (less than 1 9/10")
and larger  diameter pipe (greater than 10") and seamless  pipe. The source tube
is then  pulled  through a die and over a  mandrel  to  create  precise  outside
diameter, inside diameter or wall tolerance and to create a smoother finish.

The Company anticipates having approximately 100,000 tons of drawing capacity.

Competition

A significant market for drawn tubing is located within a 500 mile radius of the
Pennsylvania  facility.  The Company  anticipates  that its  competitors in this
market will be Alliance Midwest,  Copperweld, Lone Star Steel, LTV, Metal Matic,
Pacific Tube, Plymouth Tube, Pittsburgh Tube, Vision Metals and Webco.

Employees

As of September 30, 1998, the Company had approximately  806 employees,  of whom
approximately 25% were salaried and approximately 75% were employed on an hourly
basis.  None of the Company's  employees are represented by a union. The Company
considers its employee relations to be excellent.

ITEM 2

PROPERTIES

The  Company  leases  approximately  40,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in
Chesterfield,  Missouri, for its  executive  offices  pursuant to a lease  which
expires in 2008. The Company owns a 21,000 square foot office  facility  located
on a 14-acre site in Union,  Missouri  that is leased to an  unaffiliated  third
party. The Company's  160-acre site in Hickman,  Arkansas includes two buildings
with approximately  315,000 square foot of OCTG manufacturing and storage space,
utilizing 55 acres. The 275,000 square foot structural tube manufacturing  plant
is located adjacent to the existing OCTG facility.  Approximately 120,000 square
feet of this facility is utilized for manufacturing  with the remainder used for
inventory and material  storage and shipping.  Approximately  80 acres remain in
Hickman, Arkansas for future expansion. Both facilities are leased with purchase
options  exercisable on the expiration dates of the leases. The expiration dates
are August 1, 2007 for the OCTG facility and February 1, 2004 for the structural
tube  facility.  The  Company  also owns 117 acres  and a  244,000  square  foot
manufacturing facility located in Conroe, Texas. Of the 117 acres, approximately
30 acres are used for  manufacturing  and storage and 60 acres are available for
future  expansion.  The Company  leases a 21 acre site and a 370,000 square foot
manufacturing  facility  in  Beaver  Falls,  Pennsylvania,  to be  utilized  the
production  of cold drawn  mechanical  tubing at this site during  early  fiscal
1999. Each  manufacturing  facility  operated by the Company is served by truck,
has its own rail spur and is within proximity of barge facilities.

The Company  believes  the  facilities  are in good  condition,  are  adequately
insured and are suitable for its planned level of operations.

ITEM 3

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time the  Company is  involved  in  litigation  relating  to claims
arising out of its operations in the normal course of its business.  The Company
maintains  insurance  coverage  against  potential  claims in an amount which it
believes to be adequate.  The Company  believes that it is not presently a party
to any  litigation in which the outcome would have a material  adverse effect on
its business or operations.

The  Company is  subject  to  federal,  state and local  environmental  laws and
regulations  concerning,   among  other  things,  wastewater  disposal  and  air
emissions.  The  Company  believes  it  is  currently  in  compliance  with  all
applicable environmental regulations.

ITEM 4

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998 covered
by  this  Report  to a vote  of  the  Company's  security  holders  through  the
solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

ITEM 4A

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


Name                       Age     Title


Gregg M. Eisenberg         48      Chairman of the Board, President and
                                    Chief Executive Officer
Barry R. Pearl             49      Vice President - Finance and Administration,
                                    Treasurer, Secretary and Chief Financial
                                    Officer
Sudhakar Kanthamneni       51      Vice President - Manufacturing and Technology
T. Scott Evans             51      Vice President - Commercial Operations

Set forth below are descriptions of the backgrounds of the executive officers of
the Company and their principal occupations for the last five years:

Mr.  Eisenberg has served as Chairman of the Board since  February  1996. He has
served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since
1988.  He is a former  director and past  chairman of the  Committee on Pipe and
Tube Imports.

Mr. Pearl has served as Vice President - Finance and Administration,  Treasurer,
Secretary  and Chief  Financial  Officer  since June 1998.  He was  formerly the
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer for Santa Fe Pacific Pipeline
Partners, L.P. in Orange, California from January, 1995 until March, 1998. Prior
to being named Chief Financial Officer,  he was Senior Vice President,  Business
Development.

Mr.  Kanthamneni has served as Vice President - Manufacturing  and Technology of
the Company  since August 1992.  From May 1991 to August 1992,  Mr.  Kanthamneni
served as the Company's Vice President - Manufacturing.

Mr. Evans has served as Vice  President - Commercial  Operations  of the Company
since September 1992.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5

MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information  regarding Maverick's Common Stock included on page 32 of Maverick's
Annual Report under the captions  "Market for the Company's  Common  Equity" and
"Related Stockholder Matters" is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 6

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Selected Financial Data included on page 31 of the Annual Report is incorporated
herein by this reference.

ITEM 7

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  included on pages 16 through 20 of the Annual Report is incorporated
herein by this reference.

ITEM 7A

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET  RISK

Not applicable.

ITEM 8

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Consolidated Financial Statements, the notes thereto and the Report of Ernst
&  Young  LLP  included  on  pages  21  through  30 of  the  Annual  Report  are
incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 9

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURES

None.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from the
Registrant's  proxy  statement  which is being  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of the end of the Registrant's most recent
fiscal year. See also Part I, Item 4A hereof.

ITEM 11

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from the
Registrant's  proxy  statement  which is being  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of the end of the Registrant's most recent
fiscal year. But excluding the information  contained therein under the headings
"Compensation Committee Report" and "Stock Performance."

ITEM 12

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference from the
Registrant's  proxy  statement  which is being  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of the end of the Registrant's most recent
fiscal year.


ITEM 13

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from the
Registrant's  proxy  statement  which is being  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of the end of the Registrant's most recent
fiscal year.

                                     PART IV
ITEM 14

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

a.       1.   Financial Statements
              The following  consolidated  financial statements of Maverick Tube
              Corporation and Subsidiaries, included in the Annual Report of the
              Registrant to its  shareholders  for the year ended  September 30,
              1998, are incorporated herein by reference in Item 8:
                  Report of Independent Auditors.
                  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1998 and 1997.
                  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
                   September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
                  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years
                   ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
                  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
                   September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of
                   September 30, 1998.

         2.   Financial Statement Schedule
               The  following  consolidated  financial  statement  schedule  of 
               Maverick  Tube Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  is included  with 
               the Annual Report on Form 10-K:
                           
               Schedule          II   Valuation and qualifying accounts for the
                                      years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 
                                      1996.

              All other  schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
              accounting  regulation of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
              are  not   required   under  the  related   instructions   or  are
              inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

     3. Exhibits:  
             See Exhibit Index. 
             The following is a list of each management contract or compensatory
             plan or  arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this 
             Annual  Report on Form 10-K  pursuant to Item 14(c) of this Report:
  
             Maverick Tube  Corporation  Amended and Restated 1990 Stock Option
               Plan 
             Maverick Tube  Corporation  Savings for Retirement  Plan as revised
               on January 1, 1993 
             The Amended Maverick Tube  Corporation  1994 Stock Option Plan 
             The Amended Maverick Tube  Corporation Director Stock Option Plan 
             Form of Deferred Compensation  Agreement with Certain Executive 
               Officers 
             Employment Agreement  with Barry R. Pearl 
             Form of Severance  Agreement  with Executive Officers  

b.  Reports on 8-K:  

          Two  Form  8-K's  were  filed   during  the  fourth   quarter  of  the
          Registrant's  fiscal year ended September 30, 1998. The Form 8-K filed
          on July 28,  1998  pertained  to the  adoption  by the  Company of the
          Shareholder  Rights  Plan.  The Form  8-K  filed on  August  27,  1998
          pertained  to  the  acquisition  by the  Company  of  its  cold  drawn
          production facility in Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania.
                    
<TABLE>
                    Maverick Tube Corporation and Subsidiary

                 Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 (In thousands)

<CAPTION>
                                                                Additions
                                                       -----------------------------
                                           Balance at    Charged to     Charged
                                           beginning      cost and      to other     Deductions     Balance at
Classification                              of year       expenses      accounts      describe     end of year
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                      <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>  


Year ended September 30, 1996: Deducted from asset accounts:
     Accounts receivable allowances           $  306        $ 339      $  --          $   125  (2)   $   629
     Valuation allowance for deferred
       taxes                                  $2,737        $  --      $  --          $(1,590) (1)   $ 1,147

Year ended September 30, 1997: Deducted from asset accounts:
     Accounts receivable allowances           $  629        $  44      $  --          $   285  (2)   $   388
     Valuation allowance for deferred
       taxes                                  $1,147        $  --      $  --          $(1,147) (1)   $    --

Year ended September 30, 1998: Deducted from asset accounts:
     
     Accounts receivable allowances           $  388        $   3      $  --          $    --        $   391


<FN>

(1)      Resulted  from  the  utilization  of net  operating  and  alternative
         minimum loss  carryforwards and  re-evaluation of remaining  deferred
         tax assets.

(2)      Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
</FN>
</TABLE>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized on December 11, 1998.

                                          Maverick Tube Corporation
                                                 (registrant)


December 11, 1998                           /s/ Gregg M. Eisenberg
                                            ----------------------
                                        Gregg M. Eisenberg, Chairman,  President
                                            and Chief Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been  signed  on behalf  of the  Company  by the  following  persons  in the
capacities on the dates indicated.


December 11, 1998                              /s/ Gregg M. Eisenberg
                                                   ----------------------
                                         Gregg M. Eisenberg, Chairman, President
                                        and Chief Executive Officer and Director

December 11, 1998                            /s/ Barry R. Pearl
                                                 ------------------
                                          Barry R. Pearl, Vice President Finance
                                        and Administration (Principal Financial 
                                                and Accounting Officer)


December 11, 1998                            /s/ William E. Macaulay
                                                 -----------------------
                                           William E. Macaulay, Director



December 11, 1998                            /s/ John M. Fox
                                                 ---------------
                                           John M. Fox, Director


December 11, 1998                            /s/ C. Robert Bunch
                                                 -------------------
                                           C. Robert Bunch, Director


December 11, 1998                            /s/ C. Adams Moore
                                                 ------------------
                                           C. Adams Moore, Director


December 11, 1998                            /s/ David H. Kennedy
                                                 --------------------
                                           David H. Kennedy, Director


December 11, 1998                            /s/ Wayne P. Mang 
                                                 ------------------
                                           Wayne P. Mang, Director
<TABLE>

                              EXHIBIT INDEX
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                                                   PAGE
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION                                                 NUMBER
<S>   <C>                                                                 <C> 

 3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the            N/A
      Registrant, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
      the Registrant's Registration  Statement on Form S-1, 
      File No. 33-37363 (the "1991  Registration Statement").

 3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant as amended, filed
      herewith.

 4.1  Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of July 24, 1998 between the  N/A
      Registrant  and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as Rights Agent
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Registrant's
      Form 8-A filed on August 5, 1998.

 4.2  Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock, incorporated herein by  N/A
      reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 1991 Registration Statement.

10.1  Lease and Agreement dated July 24, 1992, by and between the         N/A  
      Registrant and  the  Arkansas   Development   Finance  Authority
      (the   "Authority"), incorporated herein by reference to 
      Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
      the fiscal year ended September 30, 1992.

10.2  Maverick Tube  Corporation  Amended and Restated 1990 Stock Option  N/A 
      Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the
      Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
      September 30, 1991.

10.3  Maverick Tube Corporation Savings for Retirement Plan effective on  N/A
      February 15, 1988, as amended, incorporated herein by reference
      to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
      for the year ended September 30, 1993

10.4  Lease Agreement dated as of March 1, 1994, between the Authority,   N/A
      as lessor, and the Registrant as lessee, related to the
      Registrant's Arkansas Structural Facility, incorporated herein by
      reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant's Registration Statement
      on Form S-2, file No 33-80096.

10.5  First Supplemental Trust Indenture to Lease Agreement  between the  N/A
      Authority, as lessor and the Registrant, as lessee relating to the
      Registrant's Arkansas Structural Facility, dated July 1, 1994, 
      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registant's
      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1994.

10.6  Supplement to the Second Term Loan  Agreement  dated  December 15,  N/A 
      1994 incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the
      Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
      ended September 30, 1994 (the "1994 Form 10-K").

10.7  The Maverick Tube Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, incorporated  N/A 
      herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the 1994 Form 10-K.

10.8  The Maverick Tube Corporation Director Stock Option Plan,           N/A 
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the 1994 
      Form 10-K.

10.9  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement between the Registrant and  N/A
      Messrs. Gregg M. Eisenberg, T. Scott Evans and Sudhakar Kanthamneni
      Dated October 1, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to 
      Exhibit 10.22 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
      the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 (the "1996 Form 10-K").

10.10 Amendment #1 to The Maverick Tube Corporation's Director Stock      N/A 
      Option Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of 
      the 1996 Form 10-K.

10.11 Amendment #1 to The Maverick Tube Corporation's 1994 Stock Option   N/A
      Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the 
      Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
      ended September 30, 1997.

10.12 Employment Agreement of Barry R. Pearl, incorporated herein by      N/A
      reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on 
      Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1998.

10.13 Agreement of Limited Partnership between the Registrant, Maverick
      Investment Corporation and Maverick Tube L.P., filed herewith

10.14 Secured Credit Agreement ("Secured Credit Agreement") dated 
      September 18, 1998, by and among the Registrant, Harris Trust 
      and Savings Bank ("Harris Trust") and Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,
      N.A. ("Mercantile Bank"), filed herewith.

10.15 Note  Receivable dated December 10, 1998, by and among  the
      Registrant, and Barry R. Pearl, Chief Financial Officer, filed
      herewith.

10.16 Form of Severance Agreement dated December 10, 1998, by and 
      among the Registrant and Gregg M. Eisenberg, Barry R. Pearl, 
      Sudhakar Kanthamneni and T. Scott Evans, filed herewith.

10.17 First  Amendment to Secured Credit Agreement dated as of 
      December 10, 1998, filed herewith.

13    Portions of Registrant's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders, 
      which are incorporated by reference herein.

21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.

27.1  Financial Data Schedule.

99.1  Risk Factors.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2



                          AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                 BYLAWS
                                   OF
                        MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION



                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        Page No.

ARTICLE I -- OFFICES.......................................................  1

    Section 1.   Registered Office.........................................  1
    Section 2.   Other Offices.............................................  1

ARTICLE II -- MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.....................................  1

    Section 1.   Place of Meetings.........................................  1
    Section 2.   Annual Meeting of Stockholders............................  1
    Section 3.   Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof.............  1
    Section 4.   Voting....................................................  2
    Section 5.   Proxies...................................................  2
    Section 6.   Special Meetings..........................................  2
    Section 7.   Notice of Stockholders' Meetings..........................  3
    Section 8.   Waiver of Notice..........................................  3
    Section 9.   Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder List............  3
    Section 10.  Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting...  4
    Section 11.  Inspectors of Election....................................  4
    Section 12.  Procedure for Stockholders' Meeting.......................  5
    Section 13.  Order of Business.........................................  5
    Section 14.  Procedures for Bringing Business Before an Annual Meeting.  5
    Section 15.  Procedures for Nominating Directors.......................  6

ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS...................................................  7

    Section 1.   Number and Qualification of Directors.....................  7
    Section 2.   Election and Term of Office...............................  8
    Section 3.   Resignation and Removal of Directors......................  8
    Section 4.   Vacancies.................................................  8
    Section 5.   Powers....................................................  9
    Section 6.   Place of Directors' Meetings..............................  9
    Section 7.   Regular Meetings..........................................  9
    Section 8.   Special Meetings..........................................  9
    Section 9.   Quorum....................................................  9
    Section 10.  Action Without Meeting.................................... 10
    Section 11.  Telephonic Meetings....................................... 10
    Section 12.  Meetings and Action of Committees......................... 10
    Section 13.  Special Meetings of Committees............................ 11
    Section 14.  Minutes of Committee Meetings............................. 11
    Section 15.  Compensation of Directors................................. 11
    Section 16.  Indemnification........................................... 11

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS..................................................... 12

    Section 1.   Officers.................................................. 12
    Section 2.   Election of Officers...................................... 12
    Section 3.   Subordinate Officers...................................... 12
    Section 4.   Removal and Resignation of Officer........................ 12
    Section 5.   Vacancies in Office....................................... 13
    Section 6.   Chairman of the Board..................................... 13
    Section 7.   Vice Chairman of the Board................................ 13
    Section 8.   President................................................. 13
    Section 9.   Vice Presidents........................................... 14
    Section 10.  Secretary................................................. 14
    Section 11.  Chief Financial Officer................................... 14
    Section 12.  Treasurer................................................. 15

ARTICLE V -- CERTIFICATES FOR STOCK........................................ 15

    Section 1.   Certificates.............................................. 15
    Section 2.   Signatures on Certificates................................ 15
    Section 3.   Statement of Stock Rights, Preferences, Privileges........ 15
    Section 4.   Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.................... 16
    Section 5.   Transfers of Stock........................................ 16
    Section 6.   Fixing Record Date........................................ 16
    Section 7.   Registered Stockholders................................... 16

ARTICLE VI -- GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................... 17

    Section 1.   Dividends................................................. 17
    Section 2.   Payment of Dividends; Directors' Duties................... 17
    Section 3.   Checks.................................................... 17
    Section 4.   Corporate Contracts and Instruments....................... 17
    Section 5.   Fiscal Year............................................... 17
    Section 6.   Manner of Giving Notices.................................. 17
    Section 7.   Waiver of Notice.......................................... 18
    Section 8.   Annual Statement.......................................... 18

ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS.................................................. 18

    Section 1.   Amendment by Directors.................................... 18
    Section 2.   Amendment by Stockholders................................. 18



<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                            MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION


                              ARTICLE I -- OFFICES

     Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     Section 2. Other  Offices.  The  Corporation  may also have offices at such
other  places  both  within and  without  the State of  Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require.

                     ARTICLE II -- MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     Section 1. Place of  Meetings.  All meetings of the  stockholders  shall be
held at such place  either  within or without  the State of Delaware as shall be
designated  from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice
of the meeting.

     Section  2.  Annual   Meeting  of   Stockholders.   An  annual  meeting  of
stockholders shall be held on the third Tuesday in February in each year, if not
a  legal  holiday,  and if a  legal  holiday,  then  on the  next  business  day
following, at 2:00 p.m. or at such other date and time as may be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation,
and  transacting  such other  business  as may  properly  be brought  before the
meeting.

     Section 3. Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof. A majority of the
stock  issued  and   outstanding   and  entitled  to  vote  at  any  meeting  of
stockholders,  the  holders  of which are  present in person or  represented  by
proxy,  without  regard to class or series,  shall  constitute  a quorum for the
transaction of business except as otherwise  provided by law, by the Amended and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation,  as it may be amended
from time to time (the  "Certificate of  Incorporation"),  or by these Bylaws. A
quorum, once established,  shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes
to leave less than a quorum  and the votes  present  may  continue  to  transact
business  until   adjournment   provided  that  any  action  taken  (other  than
adjournment)  is  approved  by at least a  majority  of the shares  required  to
constitute a quorum or, if higher,  such percentage of the Corporation's  voting
power  as may be  required  by  the  express  provision  of  the  statutes,  the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If, however, such quorum shall not
be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders,  a majority of the
voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time
to time,  without notice other than announcement at the meeting,  until a quorum
shall be present or  represented.  At such  adjourned  meeting at which a quorum
shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have
been transacted at the meeting as originally  noticed. If the adjournment is for
more than thirty days,  or if after the  adjournment  a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned  meeting,  a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

     Section 4. Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority  of the stock  having  voting  power  present in person or
represented  by proxy shall decide any  question  brought  before such  meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express  provision of the statues,  the
Certificate of Incorporation  or these Bylaws, a different vote is required,  in
which case such express  provision shall govern and control the decision of such
question.

     Section 5. Proxies.  At each meeting of the stockholders,  each stockholder
having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize  another  person or
persons to act for him by proxy  appointed by an instrument in writing or by the
transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission
subscribed  by such  stockholder  and  bearing a date not more than three  years
prior to said meeting,  unless said  instrument or  transmission  provides for a
longer period.  All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the  Corporation
at the  beginning  of each  meeting  in order to be  counted  in any vote at the
meeting.  A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder's  name is placed on
the proxy (whether by manual signature,  telegraphic  transmission or otherwise)
by the stockholder or the  stockholder's  attorney in fact.  Except as otherwise
set forth in the Certificate of  Incorporation,  each stockholder shall have one
vote for each share of stock having voting power,  registered in his name on the
books of the  Corporation  on the record date set by the Board of  Directors  as
provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof.

     Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders,  for any
purpose,  or  purposes,   unless  otherwise  prescribe  by  statute  or  by  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  may be  called  at any  time  by the  Board  of
Directors  or a  committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  which  has  been  duly
designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority, as provided
in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws,  include the power
to call such meetings.  Special  meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may
not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special
meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

     Section 7. Notice of Stockholders'  Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided
by law, a written notice of each meeting of stockholders  stating the place, day
and hour thereof and, in the case of a special  meeting,  the purposes for which
the  meeting  is  called,  shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days
before the meeting,  to each stockholder  entitled to vote thereat,  and to each
stockholder  who,  by law,  by the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  or by these
Bylaws,  is entitled to notice.  Any notice required to be given to stockholders
by statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  including notice
of any meeting of stockholders,  shall be given personally,  by first-class mail
or by telegraphic  communication,  charges prepaid, addressed to the stockholder
at the address of such stockholder  appearing on the books of the Corporation or
given by the  stockholder to the  Corporation  for the purpose of notice.  If no
such address  appears on the  Corporation's  books or has been so given,  notice
shall be deemed to have been given if sent by  first-class  mail or  telegraphic
communication to the Corporation's  principal  executive office, or if published
at least once in a newspaper  of general  circulation  in the county  where such
principal executive office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given
at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail sent by telegram.

     If any notice addressed to a stockholder at the address of such stockholder
appearing on the books of a Corporation  is returned to the  Corporation  by the
United  States Postal  Service  marked to indicate that the United States Postal
Service is unable to deliver the notice to the stockholder at such address,  all
further  notices shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing
if the same shall be available  to the  stockholder  upon written  demand of the
stockholder at the principal executive office of the Corporation for a period of
one year from the date of the giving of such notice.

     Section 8.  Waiver of  Notice.  Attendance  of a person at a meeting  shall
constitute  a waiver of notice to such person of such  meeting,  except when the
person  objects  at the  beginning  of the  meeting  to the  transaction  of any
business  because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened,  or objects to
the consideration of matters not included in the notice of the meeting.

     Section 9.  Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder  List. The officer or
agent who has charge of the stock ledger of the  Corporation  shall  prepare and
make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of
the  stockholders  entitled to vote at the  meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical
order,  and  showing the  address of each  stockholder  and the number of shares
registered  in the  name of each  stockholder.  Such  list  shall be open to the
examination of any stockholder,  for any purpose germane to the meeting,  during
ordinary  business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting,
either at a place within the city where their meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified,  at the
place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept
open at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may
be  inspected  by any  stockholder  who is  present.  The  stock  ledger  of the
Corporation  shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders  entitled
to examine such list or to vote at any meetings of stockholders.

     Section 10.  Stockholder  Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting.  Any
action  which may be taken by  stockholders  at an annual or special  meeting of
stockholders  may be taken by written consent unless  otherwise  provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

     Section 11. Inspectors of Election. Before any meeting of stockholders, the
Board of Directors  shall  appoint any persons other than nominees for office to
act as  inspectors of election at the meeting or its  adjournment.  The Board of
Directors may  designate one or more persons as alternate  inspectors to replace
any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a
meeting of  stockholders,  the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more
inspectors  to act at the meeting.  Each  inspector,  before  entering  upon the
discharge of his duties,  shall take and sign an oath  faithfully to execute the
duties of inspector  with strict  impartiality  and according to the best of his
ability.

     The duties of these inspectors shall be as follows:

     (a)  Determine  the number of shares  outstanding  and the voting  power of
each, the share represented at the meeting,  the existence of a quorum,  and the
authenticity, validity and effect of proxies and ballots;

     (b) Count all votes and ballots;

     (c)  Determine  and  retain  for  a  reasonable  period  a  record  of  the
disposition  of any  challenges  and  questions in any way arising in connection
with the right to vote;

     (d) Certify their  determination of the number of shares represented at the
meeting and their count of all votes and ballots;

     (e) Determine and announce when the polls shall open and close;

     (f) Determine the results; and

     (g) Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct  the  election  or vote
with fairness to all stockholders and in accordance with law.

     In  determining  the  validity  and  counting of proxies and  ballots,  the
inspectors  shall be limited to an  examination  of the proxies,  any  envelopes
submitted  with those  proxies,  any  information  provided in  accordance  with
Section  212(c)(2)  of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware,
ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, and other reliable
information  pursuant to Section 231 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware.

     Section  12.  Procedure  for  Stockholders'   Meetings.   Meetings  of  the
stockholders  shall be presided  over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
if any, or in his absence,  the Vice Chairman,  or in the event the  corporation
has no  Chairman  of the Board or Vice  Chairman,  or in their  absence,  by the
President or by any Vice President,  or, in the absence of any of such officers,
by a chairman to be chosen by a majority of the stockholder  entitled to vote at
the  meeting who are present in person or by proxy.  The  Secretary,  or, in his
absence,  any person  appointed  by the  chairman of the  meeting,  shall act as
secretary of all meetings of the stockholders.

     Section 13.  Order of  Business.  The order of business at all  meetings of
stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

     Section 14.  Procedures  for Bringing  Business  Before an Annual  Meeting.
Notwithstanding  anything in these Bylaws to the contrary,  no business shall be
conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders except in accordance with the
procedures  hereinafter set forth in this Section 14;  provided,  however,  that
nothing  in this  Section  14 shall be  deemed  to  preclude  discussion  by any
stockholder  of any  business  properly  brought  before the  annual  meeting in
accordance with said procedures.

     At an annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only such  business  shall be
conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly
brought before an annual meeting,  business must be: (1) specified in the notice
of meeting  (or any  supplement  thereto)  given by or at the  direction  of the
Board; (2) otherwise  properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction
of the  Board;  or (3)  otherwise  properly  brought  before  the  meeting  by a
stockholder.  In addition to any other applicable requirements,  for business to
be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder,  the stockholder
must have  given  timely  notice  thereof in  writing  to the  Secretary  of the
Corporation.  To be timely,  a  stockholder's  notice to the  Secretary  must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the  principal  executive  offices of the
Corporation  not less than  forty-five  (45) days nor more than ninety (90) days
prior to the anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation  first mailed
its proxy materials for the preceding annual meeting of stockholders;  provided,
however,  that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is
not within  thirty (30) days before or after the  anniversary  date of the prior
year's annual meeting of stockholders,  notice by the stockholder in order to be
timely  must be so  received  not later than the close of  business on the tenth
(10th)  day  following  the day on which  such  notice of the date of the annual
meeting is first mailed or public  disclosure of the date of the annual  meeting
is first made,  whichever first occurs. A stockholder's  notice to the secretary
shall set forth as to each matter the  stockholder  proposes to bring before the
annual meeting:  (i) a brief  description of the business  desired to be brought
before the annual  meeting and the  stockholder's  reasons for  conducting  such
business  at the  annual  meeting;  (ii)  the  name and  record  address  of the
stockholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the
Corporation  which  are  beneficially  owned  by the  stockholder;  and (iv) any
material interest of the stockholder in such business.

     The chairman of an annual  meeting shall,  if the facts warrant,  determine
and declare to the meeting that  business was not  properly  brought  before the
meeting in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section 14 and, if he should
so  determine,  he shall so declare to the  meeting  and any such  business  not
properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

     Section 15. Procedures for Nominating Directors.  Notwithstanding  anything
in these Bylaws to the  contrary,  only persons who are  nominated in accordance
with the procedures  hereinafter  set forth in this Section 15 shall be eligible
for election as directors of the Corporation.

     Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to the Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation  may be made at a meeting  of  stockholders  only:  (1) by or at the
direction  of  the  Board  of  Directors;  or  (2)  by  any  stockholder  of the
Corporation  entitled to vote for the  election of  directors at the meeting who
complies  with  the  notice  procedures  set  forth  in this  Section  15.  Such
nominations,  other  than  those  made by or at the  direction  of the  Board of
directors,  shall be made  pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's  notice to the Secretary must
be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation  not less than  forty-five  (45) days nor more than ninety (90) days
prior to the anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation  first mailed
its proxy materials for the preceding annual meeting of stockholders;  provided,
however,  that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is
not within  thirty (30) days before or after the  anniversary  date of the prior
year's annual meeting of stockholders,  notice by the stockholder in order to be
timely  must be so  received  not later than the close of  business on the tenth
(10th) day following  the day on which notice of the date of the annual  meeting
is first mailed or public  disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first
made,  whichever first occurs. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth: (i) as
to each  person  whom the  stockholder  proposes  to  nominate  for  election or
re-election  as a  director,  all  information  relating  to such person that is
required to be disclosed in  solicitations of proxies for election of directors,
or is otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant to  Regulation  14A under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor regulation thereto
(including  such  person's  written  consent to being  named as a nominee and to
serving as a director if  elected);  and (ii) as to the  stockholder  giving the
notice (A) the name and address,  as they appear on the Corporation's  books, of
such  stockholder,  and (B) the  class and  number of shares of the  Corporation
which are beneficially owned by such stockholder. At the request of the Board of
Directors,  any person  nominated  by the Board of  Directors  for election as a
director  shall furnish to the  Secretary of the  Corporation  that  information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's  notice of nomination which pertains
to the nominee.

     The chairman of the meeting  shall,  if the facts  warrant,  determine  and
declare to the meeting that a  nomination  was not made in  accordance  with the
procedures  prescribed  by this  Section 15, and if he should so  determine,  he
shall  so  declare  to  the  meeting  and  the  defective  nomination  shall  be
disregarded.


                            ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS

     Section 1. Number and  Qualification  of Directors.  The Board of Directors
shall consist of a minimum of five (5) and a maximum of fifteen (15)  directors.
The number of directors  shall be fixed from time to time within the minimum and
the maximum  number  established  by the  then-elected  Board of Directors.  The
number of directors until changed by the Board shall be seven (7). The directors
need not be stockholders.

     Section 2.  Election and Term of Office.  Except as  otherwise  provided by
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  each director shall hold
office until the annual meeting next succeeding his election. If any such annual
meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat,  the directors may
be elected at any special  meeting of  stockholders  held for that purpose.  All
directors  shall hold office until their  respective  successors are elected and
qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

     Section 3. Resignation and Removal of Directors. Any director may resign at
any time by delivering his  resignation in writing to the Chairman of the Board,
if any,  the  President,  or the  Secretary  or to a  meeting  of the  board  of
directors.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to
be effective at some other time, and without in either case the necessity of its
being accepted  unless the  resignation  shall so state.  A director  (including
persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the Board) may be removed from
office for cause by the vote of the holders of a majority  of the shares  issued
and  outstanding  and entitled to vote in the election of directors,  considered
for purposes of this Article III Section 3 as one class.  No director  resigning
and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in
a duly authorized  written  agreement with the  Corporation) no director removed
shall  have any  right  to any  compensation  as such  director  for any  period
following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such
removal,  whether his  compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise;
unless, in the case of a resignation, the directors, or, in the case of removal,
the stockholders, shall in their discretion provide for compensation.

     Section  4.  Vacancies.  Except as  otherwise  provided  by  statute or the
Certificate of Incorporation,  in the case of newly created directorships,  such
additional director or directors, unless such position is to be filled by a vote
of the  stockholders  at an annual or  special  meeting,  shall be  elected by a
majority  vote of the  directors.  In the case of any  vacancy  in the  Board of
Directors, however created, the vacancy or vacancies shall be filled by majority
vote of the directors  remaining or, if only one such director remains,  by such
director. In the event one or more directors shall resign, effective at a future
date,  such vacancy or vacancies  shall be filled by majority  vote of directors
then in office,  including those  resigning.  Any director  elected or chosen as
provided  herein  shall  serve  for the  unexpired  term of  office or until his
successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier  death,  resignation  or
removal.

     In the event of any decrease in the  authorized  number of directors,  each
director then serving as such shall  nevertheless  continue as a director  until
the expiration of his current term, or his prior death, resignation or removal.

     Section 5. Powers.  The property and business of the  Corporation  shall be
managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.  In addition to the
powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly  conferred upon them, the Board
may exercise all such powers of the  Corporation and do all such lawful acts and
things as are not by statute,  by the Certificate of  Incorporation  or by these
Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

     Section 6.  Place of  Directors'  Meetings.  The  directors  may hold their
meetings  and have one or more  offices,  and keep the books of the  Corporation
outside the State of Delaware.

     Section 7. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may
be held  without  notice at such  time and  place as shall  from time to time be
determined by the Board.  Except as otherwise provided by statute,  any business
may be transacted at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

     Section 8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman, if any or the
President on at least 48 hours notice to each director.  Special  meetings shall
be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on
the written  request of one-third or more in number of the directors  unless the
Board  consists of only one director,  in which case special  meetings  shall be
called by the  President  or  Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the
written request of the sole director.

     Section 9. Quorum.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of
the  authorized  number  of  directors  shall be  necessary  and  sufficient  to
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business,  and the vote of a majority
of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the
act of the Board of Directors,  except as may be otherwise specifically provided
by statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall
not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors,  the directors  present
thereat may adjourn the meeting  from time to time,  without  notice  other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. A meeting at which
a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business  notwithstanding
the withdrawal of directors, if any action is approved by at least a majority of
the required quorum for such meeting.

     Section 10. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by statute,
the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these  Bylaws,  any action  required  or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any  committee
thereof  may be  taken  without  a  meeting,  if all  members  of the  Board  or
committee,  as the case may be, consent  thereto in writing,  and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

     Section  11.  Telephonic  Meetings.  Unless  otherwise  restricted  by  the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors,
or any  committee  designated by the Board of Directors,  may  participate  in a
meeting of the Board of Directors, or any such committee, by means of conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other,  and such  participation in a
meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

     Section 12. Meetings and Action of Committees.  The Board of Directors may,
by  resolution  passed by a majority of the whole Board,  designate  one or more
committees,  each such  committee to consist of one or more of the  directors of
the  Corporation.  The Board may  designate  one or more  directors as alternate
members of any committee,  who may replace any absent or disqualified  member at
any meeting of the committee.  If no alternate members have been appointed,  the
committee  member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified
from  voting,  whether or not he or they  constitute a quorum,  may  unanimously
appoint  another  member of the Board of  Directors to act at the meeting in the
place of any absent or  disqualified  member.  The Board of Directors  shall, by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one member of each
committee  as  chairman of such  committee.  Any such  committee,  to the extent
provided  in the  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors,  shall  have and may
exercise  all  the  powers  and  authority  of the  Board  of  Directors  in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, but no such committee
shall have the power or authority  to authorize an amendment to the  Certificate
of Incorporation,  adopt an agreement of merger or  consolidation,  recommend to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially  all of the
Corporation's  property and assets,  recommend to the stockholders a dissolution
of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution,  or amend the Bylaws of the
Corporation;  and,  unless the resolution or the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
expressly  so provide,  no such  committee  shall have the power or authority to
declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

     Section 13. Special Meetings of Committees.  Special meetings of committees
may be called by the chairman of such committee, the Chairman the Board, if any,
or the  President,  on at least 48 hours  notice to each  member  and  alternate
member.  Alternate  members  shall have the right to attend all  meetings of the
committee.  The Board of  Directors  may adopt rules for the  government  of any
committee not inconsistent  with the provisions of these Bylaws.  If a committee
is comprised of an odd number of members,  a quorum shall  consist of a majority
of that number.  If the  committee is comprised of an even number of members,  a
quorum shall consist of one-half of that number.  If a committee is comprised of
two members, a quorum shall consist of both members.

     Section  14.  Minutes of  Committee  Meetings.  Each  committee  shall keep
regular  minutes of its  meetings  and report the same to the Board of Directors
when requested.

     Section 15. Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise  restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  the Board of Directors shall have
the authority to fix the  compensation  of directors.  The directors may be paid
their expenses,  if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors
and may be paid a fixed  sum for  attendance  at each  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors or a stated  salary as director.  No such payment  shall  preclude any
director  from  serving the  Corporation  in any other  capacity  and  receiving
compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed
like compensation and expenses for attending committee meetings.

     Section 16. Indemnification.

     (a) The Corporation  shall, to the fullest extent  permitted by Section 145
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to
time, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto.

     (b) Expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred by an officer or director
of the Corporation or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries in
defending any civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final  disposition
of such  action,  suit or  proceeding  upon receipt of an  undertaking  by or on
behalf of such  director or officer to repay such amount if it shall  ultimately
be determined  that he is not entitled to be indemnified  by the  Corporation as
authorized  in this  Section  16.  Such  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)
incurred  by other  employees  and  agents  may be so paid upon  such  terms and
conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

     (c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted
pursuant to, this  Section 16 shall not be deemed  exclusive of any other rights
to which  those  seeking  indemnification  or  advancement  of  expenses  may be
entitled  under  any  provision  of  law,  the   Corporation's   Certificate  of
Incorporation,  the  certificate of  incorporation  or bylaws or other governing
documents of any direct or indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Corporation,
or any agreement,  vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise,
both as to action in his official  capacity and as to action in another capacity
while holding any of the positions or having any of the  relationships  referred
to in this Section 16.


                             ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

     Section 1. Officers.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a President,
a Chief Financial  Officer, a Vice President,  a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
Corporation  may also  have,  at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors,  a
Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, one or more additional Vice
Presidents,  and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance  with the
provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV.

     Section 2. Election of Officers.  The officers of the  Corporation,  except
such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3
or Section 5 of this  Article,  shall be chosen by the Board of  Directors,  and
each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if any, of
any officer under any contract of employment.

     Section 3. Subordinate  Officers.  The Board of Directors may appoint,  and
may empower the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the
Corporation  may require,  each of whom shall hold office for such period,  have
such  authority  and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as the
Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

     Section 4. Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed,
either  with or without  cause,  by the Board of  Directors,  at any  regular or
special  meeting  thereof or except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of
Directors,  by any officer  upon whom such power of removal may be  conferred by
the Board of  Directors,  provided  that such removal  shall not  prejudice  the
remedy of such officer for breach of any contract of employment.

     Any  officer  may  resign  at any  time by  giving  written  notice  to the
Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect on receipt of such notice or
at any later time specified therein.  Unless otherwise  specified  therein,  the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any
such resignation is without  prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation
under any contract to which the officer is a party.

     No officer  resigning  and  (except  where a right to receive  compensation
shall be expressly  provided in a duly  authorized  written  agreement  with the
Corporation) no officer removed shall have any right to any compensation as such
officer for any period  following his  resignation  or removal,  or any right to
damages on account of such removal,  whether his compensation be by the month or
by the year or otherwise; unless the directors shall in their discretion provide
for compensation.

     Section 5.  Vacancies in Office.  A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

     Section 6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall,
if  present,  preside  at all  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the
stockholders, and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may
be from time to time  assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by
the Bylaws.

     Section 7. Vice Chairman of the Board.  The Vice Chairman of the Board,  if
any,  shall  exercise  and perform such powers and duties as may be from time to
time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed in these Bylaws. In
the absence of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of the Board
shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.

     Section 8. President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of
the  Corporation  and shall,  subject to the control of the Board of  Directors,
have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers
of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation has no Chairman of the Board or
Vice Chairman of the Board, or in their absence,  the President shall preside at
all meetings of the stockholders  and the Board of Directors.  He shall have the
general  powers  and  duties  of  management  usually  vested  in the  office of
President of a  Corporation,  and shall have such other powers and duties as may
be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

     Section 9. Vice Presidents.  In the absence or disability of the President,
the Vice  Presidents,  if any,  in order of their  rank as fixed by the Board of
Directors,  or if not ranked,  the Vice  President  designated by the President,
shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all
the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions  upon, the President.  The
Vice  Presidents  shall have such other  powers and perform such other duties as
from  time to time may be  prescribed  for  them  respectively  by the  Board of
Directors, these Bylaws or the President.

     Section 10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the
principal office or such other place as the Board of directors may order, a book
of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and
stockholders,  with the time and place of holding,  whether  regular or special,
and, if special,  how authorized,  the notice thereof given,  the names of those
present at directors'  and committee  meetings,  the number of shares present or
represented at stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

     The Secretary  shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal  office or
at the  office  of the  Corporation's  transfer  agent  or  registrar,  a  share
register,  or a duplicate share register,  showing the names of all stockholders
and their  addresses,  the number and classes of shares held by each, the number
and  date of  certificates  issued  for the  same,  and the  number  and date of
cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

     The Secretary  shall give, or cause to be given,  notice of all meetings of
the  stockholders  and of the Board of Directors  required by these Bylaws or by
law to be  given,  and he  shall  keep the  seal of the  Corporation,  if one be
adopted,  in safe  custody,  and shall have such other  powers and perform  such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws.

     Section 11. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep
and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and
records  of  accounts  of  the  properties  and  business  transactions  of  the
Corporation,   including   accounts  of  its  assets,   liabilities,   receipts,
disbursements,  gains, losses, capital,  retained earnings and shares. The books
of account shall be open at all times to inspection by any director.

     The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in
the name and to the credit of the Corporation  with such  depositories as may be
designated  by the  Board of  Directors.  He  shall  disburse  the  funds of the
Corporation  as may be ordered by the Board of  Directors,  shall  render to the
President  and  Directors,  whenever  they  request it, an account of all of his
transactions  as Chief Financial  Officer and of the financial  condition of the
Corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be
prescribed by this Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

     Section 12.  Treasurer.  The  Treasurer  shall have such powers and perform
such  duties  as from  time to time may be  prescribed  for him by the  Board of
Directors, the President or these Bylaws.


                       ARTICLE V -- CERTIFICATES FOR STOCK

     Section 1. Certificates.  Every holder of stock of the Corporation shall be
entitled to have a certificate  signed by or in the name of the  Corporation  by
the  Chairman  or Vice  Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors,  if any,  or the
President or a Vice President,  and by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary,
if one be  appointed,  or the  Treasurer  or an Assistant  Treasurer,  if one be
appointed,  of the Corporation,  certifying the number of shares  represented by
the certificate owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

     Section 2. Signatures on Certificates.  Any or all of the signatures on the
certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer,  transfer  agent or registrar  before such
certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 3.  Statement  of Stock  Rights,  Preferences,  Privileges.  If the
Corporation  shall be  authorized  to issue more than one class of stock or more
than  one  series  of any  class,  the  powers,  designations,  preferences  and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the  qualification,  limitations or  restrictions  of such
preferences  and/or  rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificates  which the Corporation shall issue to represent such
class or  series of stock,  provided  that,  except  as  otherwise  provided  by
statute,  in lieu of the foregoing  requirements,  there may be set forth on the
face or back of the certificates  which the Corporation shall issue to represent
such class or series of stock,  a statement  that the  Corporation  will furnish
without  charge to each  stockholder  who so requests the powers,  designations,
preferences  and relative,  participating,  optional or other special  rights of
each class of stock or series  thereof and the  qualifications,  limitations  or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

     Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  The Board of Directors,
the  Secretary  and  the  Treasurer  each  may  direct  a  new   certificate  or
certificates   to  be  issued  in  place  of  any  certificate  or  certificates
theretofore  issued by the  Corporation  alleged  to have been  lost,  stolen or
destroyed,  upon the  making of an  affidavit  of that fact by the owner of such
certificate,  or his legal representative.  When authorizing such issue of a new
certificate or  certificates,  the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and
as a condition  precedent  to the  issuance  thereof,  require the owner of such
lost,   stolen  or  destroyed   certificate  or   certificates,   or  his  legal
representative,  to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or
to  furnish  the  Corporation  a bond in such form and  substance  and with such
surety as it may direct as indemnity  against any claim that may be made against
the  Corporation  with  respect  to the  certificate  alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed.

     Section 5. Transfers of Stock.  Upon surrender to the  Corporation,  or the
transfer agent of the Corporation,  of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied  by proper  evidence of  succession,  assignation  or  authority  to
transfer,  it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to
the  person  entitled  thereto,  cancel  the  old  certificate  and  record  the
transaction upon its books.

     Section 6. Fixing Record Date. In order that the  Corporation may determine
the  stockholders  entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote  at any  meeting  of the
stockholders,  or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any
dividend  or other  distribution  or  allotment  of any  rights,  or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or
for the  purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix
record  date  which  shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days  before the
date of such  meeting,  nor more  than 60 days  prior  to any  other  action.  A
determination  of  stockholders  of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

     Section 7. Registered  Stockholders.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to
treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact
thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other
claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person,  whether or not
it shall have express or other notice thereof,  except as expressly  provided by
the laws of the State of Delaware.

                        ARTICLE VI -- GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Section 1. Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation,
subject to the provisions of the  Certificate of  Incorporation,  if any, may be
declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special  meeting,  pursuant
to  law.  Dividends  may be  paid in  cash,  in  property  or in  shares  of the
Corporation's  capital stock,  subject to the  provisions of the  Certificate of
Incorporation.

     Section 2. Payment of Dividends;  Director' Duties.  Before  declaration of
any  dividend,  there  may be set  aside  out of any  funds  of the  Corporation
available for dividends  such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time,  in their  absolute  discretion,  thinks  proper as a reserve fund to meet
contingencies,  or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors
shall think  conducive  to the  interests of the  Corporation,  and the Board of
Directors may thereafter abolish any such reserve in its absolute discretion.

     Section 3. Checks. All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money,
notes or other  evidences of  indebtedness,  issued in the name of or payable to
the  Corporation  shall be signed by such  officer or  officers  as the Board of
Directors or the President or any Vice President,  acting jointly, may from time
to time designate.

     Section 4. Corporate  Contracts and  Instruments.  The President,  any Vice
President,  the Secretary or the Treasurer may enter into  contracts and execute
instruments on behalf of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors, the President
or any Vice President may authorize any officer or officers, and any employee or
employees or agent or agents of the Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries,  to
enter into any contract or execute any  instrument  in the name of and on behalf
of the  Corporation,  and such  authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.

     Section 5. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be October
1 through  September  30, unless  otherwise  fixed by resolution of the Board of
Directors.

     Section 6. Manner of Giving Notices.  Whenever,  under the provision of the
statutes,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  notice is required
to be given to any  director,  it shall not be  construed  to  require  personal
notice,  but such notice may be given in  writing,  by mail,  addressed  to such
director, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation (unless
prior to the  mailing of such  notice he shall have filed with the  Secretary  a
written  request that notices  intended for him be mailed to some other address,
in which  case such  notice  shall be mailed to the  address  designated  in the
request)  with postage  thereon  prepaid,  and such notice shall be deemed to be
given at the time when the same shall be  deposited  in the United  States mail;
provided, however, that, in the case of notice of a special meeting of the Board
of  Directors,  if such meeting is to be held with in seven  calendar days after
the date of such notice, notice shall be deemed given as of the date such notice
shall be accepted  for delivery by a courier  service  that provide  "opening of
business  next day"  delivery,  so long as at least one attempt  shall have been
made, on or before the date such notice is accepted for delivery by such courier
service,  to provide notice by telephone to each director at his principal place
of business and at his  principal  residence.  Notice to  directors  may also be
given by telegram, by personal delivery or telephone.

     Section 7.  Waiver of Notice.  Whenever  any notice is required to be given
under the provisions of the statutes,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these
Bylaws,  a waiver  thereof in writing,  or by telegraph,  cable or other written
form of recorded communication, signed by the person or persons entitled to said
notice,  whether  before  or after  the time  stated  therein,  shall be  deemed
equivalent thereto.

     Section 8. Annual  Statement.  The Board of Directors shall present at each
annual meeting,  and at any special meeting of the stockholders  when called for
by vote of the  stockholders,  a full and clear  statement  of the  business and
condition of the Corporation.


                            ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS

     Section 1. Amendment by Directors.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided
in a bylaw adopted by the stockholders as hereinafter  provided,  the directors,
by  affirmative  vote of a majority of the whole Board and without the assent or
vote of the  stockholder,  may at any  meeting,  make  repeal,  alter,  amend or
rescind any of these Bylaws, provided the substance of the proposed amendment or
other action shall have been stated in a notice of the meeting.

     Section 2. Amendment by Stockholders.  Except as otherwise provided by law,
the Certificate of Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  these Bylaws may be altered,
amended or rescinded,  and new Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders at any
annual meeting of the stockholders or at any special meeting of the stockholders
if notice of such  alteration,  amendment,  repeal or adoption of new bylaws are
contained in the notice of such special meeting.

<PAGE>

 
                            UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT
                            OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                          OF MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION


     The  undersigned,  being all of the  members of the Board of  Directors  of
Maverick  Tube  Corporation  (the  "Corporation")  acting  without  notice  or a
meeting,  do hereby waive notice and the holding of such meeting and consent to,
adopt and vote in favor of the  following,  such consent to have the same effect
as the  unanimous  vote of the  directors of the  Corporation  at a meeting duly
held:

                               AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     WHEREAS,  as a result of recent changes in the Federal securities laws, the
Board of Directors of the Corporation  desires to amend certain of the Bylaws of
the Corporation;

     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Section 14 of Article II of the Bylaws
of the  Corporation  be,  and it hereby  is,  deleted  in its  entirety  and the
following substituted in lieu thereof:

     "Section 14.  Procedures for Bringing  Business  Before an Annual  Meeting.
Notwithstanding  anything in these Bylaws to the contrary,  no business shall be
conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders except in accordance with the
procedures  hereinafter set forth in this Section 14;  provided,  however,  that
nothing  in this  Section  14 shall be  deemed  to  preclude  discussion  by any
stockholder  of any  business  properly  brought  before the  annual  meeting in
accordance with said procedures.

     At an annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only such  business  shall be
conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly
brought before an annual meeting,  business must be: (1) specified in the notice
of meeting  (or any  supplement  thereto)  given by or at the  direction  of the
Board; (2) otherwise  properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction
of the  Board;  or (3)  otherwise  properly  brought  before  the  meeting  by a
stockholder.  In addition to any other applicable requirements,  for business to
be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder,  the stockholder
must have  given  timely  notice  thereof in  writing  to the  Secretary  of the
Corporation.  To be timely,  a  stockholder's  notice to the  Secretary  must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the  principal  executive  offices of the
Corporation  not less than  forty-five  (45) days nor more than ninety (90) days
prior to the anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation  first mailed
its proxy materials for the preceding annual meeting of stockholders;  provided,
however,  that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is
not within  thirty (30) days before or after the  anniversary  date of the prior
year's annual meeting of stockholders,  notice by the stockholder in order to be
timely  must be so  received  not later than the close of  business on the tenth
(10th) day following  the day on which notice of the date of the annual  meeting
is first mailed or public  disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first
made,  whichever first occurs. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set
forth as to each  matter the  stockholder  proposes  to bring  before the annual
meeting:  (i) a brief  description of the business  desired to be brought before
the annual meeting and the stockholder's reasons for conducting such business at
the  annual  meeting;  (ii) the  name  and  record  address  of the  stockholder
proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned by the stockholder;  and (iv) any material interest
of the stockholder in such business.

     The chairman of an annual  meeting shall,  if the facts warrant,  determine
and declare to the meeting that  business was not  properly  brought  before the
meeting in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section 14 and, if he should
so  determine,  he shall so declare to the  meeting  and any such  business  not
properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted."; and

     BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED,  that Section 15 of Article II of the Bylaws of the
Corporation  be, and it hereby is,  deleted in its  entirety  and the  following
substituted in lieu thereof:

     "Section 15. Procedures for Nominating Directors.  Notwithstanding anything
in these Bylaws to the  contrary,  only persons who are  nominated in accordance
with the procedures  hereinafter  set forth in this Section 15 shall be eligible
for election as directors of the Corporation.

     Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to the Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation  may be made at a meeting  of  stockholders  only:  (1) by or at the
direction  of  the  Board  of  Directors;  or  (2)  by  any  stockholder  of the
Corporation  entitled to vote for the  election of  directors at the meeting who
complies  with  the  notice  procedures  set  forth  in this  Section  15.  Such
nominations,  other  than  those  made by or at the  direction  of the  Board of
Directors,  shall be made  pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's  notice to the Secretary must
be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation  not less than  forty-five  (45) days nor more than ninety (90) days
prior to the anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation  first mailed
its proxy materials for the preceding annual meeting of stockholders;  provided,
however,  that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is
not within  thirty (30) days before or after the  anniversary  date of the prior
year's annual meeting of stockholders,  notice by the stockholder in order to be
timely  must be so  received  not later than the close of  business on the tenth
(10th) day following  the day on which notice of the date of the annual  meeting
is first mailed or public  disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first
made,  whichever first occurs. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth: (i) as
to each  person  whom the  stockholder  proposes  to  nominate  for  election or
re-election  as a  director,  all  information  relating  to such person that is
required to be disclosed in  solicitations of proxies for election of directors,
or is otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant to  Regulation  14A under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor regulation thereto
(including  such  person's  written  consent to being  named as a nominee and to
serving as a director if  elected);  and (ii) as to the  stockholder  giving the
notice (A) the name and address,  as they appear on the Corporation's  books, of
such  stockholder,  and (B) the  class and  number of shares of the  Corporation
which are beneficially owned by such stockholder. At the request of the Board of
Directors,  any person  nominated  by the Board of  Directors  for election as a
director  shall furnish to the  Secretary of the  Corporation  that  information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's  notice of nomination which pertains
to the nominee.

     The chairman of the meeting  shall,  if the facts  warrant,  determine  and
declare to the meeting that a  nomination  was not made in  accordance  with the
procedures  prescribed  by this  Section 15, and if he should so  determine,  he
shall  so  declare  to  the  meeting  and  the  defective  nomination  shall  be
disregarded."

     ADOPTED AND APPROVED as of the 1st day of December, 1998.


                                             /s/ Gregg M. Eisenberg
                                             Greg M. Eisenberg


                                             /s/ William E. Macaulay
                                             William E. Macaulay


                                             /s/ David H. Kennedy
                                             David H. Kennedy


                                             /s/ C. Robert Bunch
                                             C. Robert Bunch


                                             /s/ C. Adams Moore
                                             C. Adams Moore


                                             -----------------
                                             Wayne Mang


                                             /s/ John M. Fox
                                             John Fox


                BEING ALL OF THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                       OF

                               MAVERICK TUBE, L.P.


THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT
AND HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  OR
UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT SUCH REGISTRATION,  SUCH SECURITIES MAY
NOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT UPON DELIVERY TO THE
PARTNERSHIP  OF  ADVANCE  NOTICE  OF  THE  INTENDED  SALE,   TRANSFER  OR  OTHER
DISPOSITION  AND, IF  REQUESTED  BY THE GENERAL  PARTNER,  AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
SATISFACTORY  TO THE GENERAL  PARTNER AND TO COUNSEL  FOR THE  PARTNERSHIP  THAT
REGISTRATION OF SUCH SALE,  TRANSFER OR OTHER  DISPOSITION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  OR APPLICABLE  STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR
ANY RULE OR REGULATION PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
<PAGE>

                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                             OF MAVERICK TUBE, L.P.


         This  Agreement of Limited  Partnership is entered into as of this 30th
day of  September  1997,  by and among  Maverick  Tube  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation,  as the  general  partner  (referred  to  herein as  "Maverick"  or
"General Partner"), and Maverick Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
as a limited partner (referred to herein as "MIC" or "Limited Partner").

         The  Partnership was organized as a limited  partnership  pursuant to a
Certificate  of Limited  Partnership  for the  Partnership on September 11, 1997
filed  with  Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware  with  Maverick  Tube
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,  as the sole General Partner and Maverick
Investment  Corporation  as the sole Limited  Partner.  Simultaneously  with the
execution  of this  Agreement:  (a) the  General  Partner  is  contributing  the
Partnership   Transferred   Assets  to  the  Partnership   (subject  to  Assumed
Liabilities)  in exchange for a five percent (5%) general  partnership  interest
(the "General Partnership Interest"); (b) the Partnership is assuming all of the
Assumed  Liabilities;  and (c)  the  Limited  Partner  is  contributing  the MIC
Transferred  Assets to the  Partnership  in exchange for a  ninety-five  percent
(95%) limited partnership interest (the "Limited Partnership Interest").

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and the agreements
hereinafter set forth, the Partners wish to incorporate completely the agreement
of the Partners.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

         In addition  to the terms  defined  elsewhere  in this  Agreement,  for
purposes of this Agreement,  the following terms shall have the meaning ascribed
to them in this  ARTICLE  I. When the  context  requires,  terms  not  otherwise
defined herein which,  when initially used, are within  quotation marks and with
the first  letter of each word  thereof  (other than  prepositions  and articles
capitalized) shall have the same meaning as ascribed to them in the Contribution
Agreement.

         1.1 Agreement. This Agreement of Limited Partnership and all amendments
thereof.

         1.2 Assignment and Assumption Agreements. The assignment and assumption
agreements as contemplated by the Contribution Agreement,  pursuant to which (i)
the General Partner will transfer and assign the Partnership  Transferred Assets
to the Partnership  (subject to the Assumed  Liabilities),  (ii) the Partnership
will assume the Assumed Liabilities, and (iii) the Limited Partner will transfer
and assign the MIC Transferred Assets to the Partnership.

         1.3 Assumed Liabilities. The Assumed  Liabilities  as set  forth in the
Contribution Agreement.

         1.4 Business. The manufacture,  distribution and sale of steel pipe and
tubular  products  heretofore  conducted  by Maverick  at its Conroe,  Texas and
Hickman,  Arkansas facilities, as modified from time to time consistent with the
requirements of this Agreement.

         1.5 Capital Contribution.  The Partnership Transferred  Assets (subject
to Assumed  Liabilities)  and the MIC  Transferred  Assets,  contributed  by the
General Partner and Limited Partner respectively.

         1.6  Cash.  Money  and  equivalents,  such as  checks,  but  only  when
collected, and bank transfers.

         1.7 Cash  Available for  Distribution.  At any given time,  all sums of
Cash, or converted to Cash by the Partnership during the period, provided by the
Business.

         1.8  Code.  The  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  or any
successor statute or statutes constituting the United States tax laws.

         1.9 Contribution Agreement.  The Restructure and Contribution Agreement
among the parties  hereto  dated as of  September  30,  1997 (the  "Contribution
Agreement").

         1.10 Delaware  Limited  Partnership Law.  The Revised  Uniform  Limited
Partnership Act as adopted in the State of Delaware.

         1.11  Dissolution  Event.  Any event  affecting a General Partner which
would result in the  dissolution of the Partnership  under the Delaware  Limited
Partnership Law.

         1.12  Expenses.  The expenses of the  Partnership  required in order to
operate the Partnership  (including,  without limitation,  amounts set aside for
working capital, and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service obligations and other
costs and expenses incident to the operation of the Partnership).

         1.13 General Partner. The general partner of the Partnership, initially
Maverick Tube Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

         1.14 Limited Partner. The limited partner of the Partnership, initially
Maverick Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

         1.15 Partners. The General Partner and the Limited Partner.

         1.16 Partnership.  Maverick Tube, L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership
governed by the Agreement and the Delaware Limited Partnership Law.

         1.17 Regulation. The Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code,
as such  regulations may be amended from time to time  (including  corresponding
provisions of succeeding regulations).

         1.18  Reserves.  The  sums  which  the  General  Partner,  in its  sole
discretion,  reasonably determines should be set aside for the payment of future
Expenses  (including  capital  expenditures)  and for such other purposes as the
General Partner, in its sole discretion,  reasonably  determines to be desirable
for the Partnership.

         1.19  Successor General Partner.  The successor to the General  Partner
appointed under Article VII of this Agreement.

         1.20  Transferred  Assets.  The Transferred Assets as set forth in  the
Contribution Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

              ORGANIZATION, OFFICE, TERM, LIMITATION ON LIABILITY,
                   LIMITED PARTNER POWERS AND REGISTERED AGENT

         2.1 Organization of the Partnership.  The Partnership is organized as a
limited  partnership under the Delaware Limited Partnership Law, and the parties
desire that the  Partnership  continue to qualify as a limited  partnership.  As
otherwise  required,  the General Partner,  on behalf of the Partnership and the
Limited  Partner,  shall  execute  and file an  amended  certificate  of limited
partnership  and  all  necessary  or  appropriate  conforming  certificates  and
documents and perform such other filing, recording, publishing and other acts as
are necessary or appropriate to comply with all  requirements  for the formation
and  operation of a limited  partnership  in the State of Delaware and all other
jurisdictions where the Partnership desires to conduct its Business. The General
Partner  shall cause the  Partnership  to comply with all  requirements  for the
qualification  of the Partnership as a limited  partnership in any  jurisdiction
before the Partnership conducts its Business in the jurisdiction.

         2.2 Name and Principal Office. The name of the Partnership is "Maverick
Tube,  L.P." or such other name or names as the General  Partner  determines and
designates  by  written  notice to the  Partners.  The  principal  office of the
Partnership  shall  be  located  at  400  Chesterfield  Center,   Second  Floor,
Chesterfield,  Missouri  63017,  or such  other  place  as the  General  Partner
designates by written notice to the Limited Partner.

         2.3 Term. The existence of the  Partnership  commenced on September 11,
1997,  and shall continue until  December 31, 2050,  unless  terminated  earlier
pursuant to Section 8.1.

         2.4 Purposes.  The purposes of the Partnership shall be:

                  (a) To accept the Transferred  Assets,  subject to the Assumed
Liabilities,   and  to  own  and  operate  the  Business  of  the   manufacture,
distribution  and sale of steel  pipe and  tubular  products  (the  "Products"),
heretofore   conducted  by  Maverick  at  two   manufacturing  and  distribution
facilities,  one  located in  Conroe,  Texas and the other  located in  Hickman,
Arkansas; and

                  (b) To  conduct  such  other  activities,  including,  without
limitation,  the borrowing of funds and pledging,  hypothecation,  assignment or
other transfer or disposal of any property of the Partnership, the entering into
contracts  (including,   without  limitation,   the  Management  Agreement  with
Maverick) and any other  activity as may be necessary or  appropriate to promote
the purposes set forth in clause (a) above.

         2.5  Title  to  Partnership  Assets.  Title  to  the  property  of  the
Partnership, initially consisting of the Transferred Assets, will be held in the
name of the Partnership.

         2.6  Admission of Limited  Partner.  The Partnership  hereby admits the
Limited Partner to the Partnership as a Limited Partner.

         2.7  Limited Partner.

                  (a) Limitation on Limited  Partner's  Liabilities.  No Limited
Partner shall be bound by or be personally liable for the expenses,  liabilities
or  obligations  of the  Partnership,  the General  Partner or any other Limited
Partner, and the liability of the Limited Partner shall be limited solely to its
Capital  Contributions.  No Limited Partner shall be generally obligated to lend
funds to the Partnership for any purpose.

                  (b) No Control of Business or Right to Act for  Partnership  -
Powers of Limited  Partner.  The  Limited  Partner,  in its  capacity as limited
partner,   shall  not  participate  in  the  control  of  the  Business  of  the
Partnership,  or have any right or authority to act on behalf of the Partnership
or to sign for or bind the  Partnership.  The rights of the Limited Partner with
respect to the Partnership shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein,
or as required by the Delaware  Limited  Partnership  Law. No salaries  shall be
paid to any Limited Partner as a limited partner of the Partnership.

                  (c) No Priority.  No Limited  Partner shall be entitled to any
distribution  or to withdraw from the Partnership or to demand the return of any
contribution to the capital of the Partnership,  except as specifically provided
in this Agreement.  No Limited Partner shall have the right to demand or receive
property  other than Cash as a  distribution  of income or  capital.  No Limited
Partner  shall have priority  over any other  Limited  Partner  either as to the
return of any  contribution  to  capital  or as to  distributions,  except  with
respect to the additional  distribution or as otherwise specifically provided in
this Agreement.

         2.8 Registered  Agent and  Registered  Office.  The initial  registered
agent for the  Partnership  is The  Corporation  Trust  Company,  whose place of
business is located at 1209  Orange  Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware  19801.  The
General  Partner  shall give the Limited  Partner  prior  written  notice of any
change in the registered agent or registered office of the Partnership.

                                   ARTICLE III

                              CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

         3.1 General Partner Contributions.  The General Partner will contribute
the Partnership Transferred Assets to the Partnership in exchange for the entire
General Partnership Interest in the Partnership.

         3.2 Limited Partner Contributions. The Limited Partner shall contribute
the MIC Transferred Assets to the Partnership in exchange for the entire Limited
Partnership Interest.

         3.3 Contribution Obligations.  No Limited Partner, as a limited partner
of  the  Partnership,  shall  be  required  to  contribute  any  capital  to the
Partnership other than as provided in this Article III, except that if a Limited
Partner has received the return, by Cash distribution or otherwise, of the whole
or part of such Limited Partner's Capital Contribution, the Limited Partner will
remain  liable to the  Partnership,  to the extent  provided  under the Delaware
Limited Partnership Law, for any sums (not in excess of the Capital Contribution
so  returned)  necessary  to  discharge  the  Partnership's  liabilities  to all
creditors who extended credit or whose claims arose before such return.

         3.4 No Third Party  Beneficiaries.  The contribution  obligation of the
Partners  under this  Article III is not  intended to create any  obligation  to
third party  beneficiaries.  No creditor may rely on that obligation  unless the
Partner against whom the obligation is asserted has expressly  agreed in writing
that the creditor may so rely on the contribution obligation.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

         Cash Available for  Distribution,  if any, shall be distributed at such
times as the General Partner may determine, as follows: (i) five percent (5%) to
the General Partner; and (ii) ninety-five percent (95%) to the Limited Partner.

                                    ARTICLE V

                  RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF GENERAL PARTNER

         Subject to the powers of the Limited Partner expressly provided in this
Agreement or as required by the Delaware Limited  Partnership Law, the following
provisions shall govern the General  Partner's  management of the  Partnership's
Business:

         5.1 Management of Partnership  Business.  The General  Partner shall be
solely  responsible  for the management of the  Partnership's  Business with all
rights  and  powers  generally  conferred  by law  or  necessary,  advisable  or
consistent to and with the  accomplishment of the purposes of the Partnership or
as otherwise  determined by the General Partner,  in its judgment,  to be in the
best interests of the  Partnership.  All decisions  regarding  management of the
Partnership  shall  be made by the  General  Partner.  The  General  Partner  is
expressly  authorized to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Partnership,  the
Management  Agreement,  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreements  and  all  other
agreements,  instruments, documents, promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust
and loan or credit agreements,  and any amendments or modifications thereto, and
to act or vote on behalf of the Partnership where required.

         5.2 Rights and Powers of the General Partner. In addition to the rights
and powers  possessed by general  partners under law, the General  Partner shall
have  all  specific  rights  and  powers  required  for or  appropriate,  in its
judgment,  to the  management  of the  Partnership's  Business.  Such rights and
powers shall include,  by way of illustration but not by way of limitation,  the
following rights and powers in furtherance of the Business of the Partnership:

                  (a) To borrow money for Partnership  purposes from any entity,
including a Partner,  but in the case of any  borrowing  from one or more of the
Partners,  such  borrowing  will be at a rate no greater  than  market  rates of
interest  otherwise  available to the Partnership,  and to mortgage or otherwise
pledge any property and in  connection  with any such  borrowing,  mortgaging or
encumbering,   to  grant  to  any  secured  party,  as  remedies  upon  default,
acceleration  of the  indebtedness,  appointment  of a  receiver  and such other
remedies as the secured  party may require,  provided that none of such remedies
shall provide for or result in any recourse against any Limited Partner;

                  (b) To employ  the  services  of agents,  attorneys,  brokers,
managing  agents,  architects,  contractors,  subcontractors,   accountants  and
others,   including  affiliates  of  the  General  Partner,  on  behalf  of  the
Partnership, provided that such services are performed upon reasonable terms and
conditions  and the  consideration  to be paid therefor is reasonable  (for such
purposes,  the terms and conditions under which services are performed,  and the
compensation  to be paid  therefor,  shall be deemed  reasonable  if such terms,
conditions and  compensation  are not less favorable than those  obtainable from
non-affiliated  providers of similar services at the location where the services
are performed);

                  (c) To  pay,  collect,  compromise,  arbitrate,  resort  to or
defend legal action with respect to, or otherwise  adjust,  claims or demands of
or against the Partnership;

                  (d) To consent to the  modification,  renewal or  extension of
any  obligation of any entity to the  Partnership  or any agreement to which the
Partnership is a party or of which it is a beneficiary or by which it is bound;

                  (e) To  sell or  exchange  all or any  part  of the  property,
including  sales or exchanges  to a Partner or an affiliate of a Partner,  or to
purchase  property  (real  or  personal,  tangible  or  intangible),   including
purchases from a Partner or an affiliate of a Partner;  provided,  however, that
in the  case of any  sale,  exchange  or  purchase  from or to a  Partner  or an
affiliate of a Partner  other than as  contemplated  herein or the  Contribution
Agreement,  such sale,  exchange  or purchase  shall  require the consent of the
majority of the Limited Partners.

                  (f) To   execute,   acknowledge   and   deliver  any  and  all
instruments necessary to the foregoing.

         Each power  specified  above shall be exercised  in good faith,  to the
extent and in the manner consistent with and necessary for the proper management
of the Business of the Partnership, in the best judgment of the General Partner.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the General Partner may not, without the consent
of the Limited Partner: (i) cause the Partnership to make loans to, or guarantee
loans on behalf of, any third party  (including  Partners and their  affiliates)
other than in the ordinary course of the Partnership's  Business;  or (ii) enter
into  a  material  contract,  transaction  or  agreement  with a  Partner  or an
affiliate  of a  Partner  other  than  as  provided  in or  contemplated  by the
Contribution  Agreement.  All such agreements  between affiliates and such other
contracts, transactions and agreements shall be fair and reasonable.

         5.3 Other Business Ventures.  Any Partner and any officer,  director or
affiliate  of a Partner may engage in or possess an  interest in other  business
ventures of every nature and  description,  independently  or with  others,  and
neither the  Partnership  nor any of the Partners shall have any right by virtue
of this Agreement in or to such independent ventures or to the income or profits
derived therefrom. However, nothing contained in this Section 5.3 is intended to
absolve the General Partner from any liability to the Partnership or the Limited
Partner  arising  as a  result  of any  breach  by the  General  Partner  of its
fiduciary  obligations as General  Partner to the  Partnership or to the Limited
Partner, as limited partner of the Partnership.

         5.4 Liability  of   the   General  Partner  to   Limited  Partner   and
Partnership; Indemnification.

                  (a) The General  Partner  shall devote such time and attention
to the  Partnership  as the  General  Partner  deems  reasonably  necessary  and
advisable to manage the affairs of the Partnership to its best advantage. Except
as  otherwise  specifically  set forth  herein,  the  General  Partner  (and its
officers,  directors and employees)  shall not be liable to the Limited  Partner
because any taxing authority disallows or adjusts any deduction or credit in the
income tax returns of the Partnership or the Limited Partner.  In addition,  the
doing  of any act or  omission  to do any act by the  General  Partner  (and its
officers,  directors and employees)  which may cause or result in loss or damage
to the  Partnership,  if done in good faith and  within  the scope of  authority
conferred  by this  Agreement,  shall not subject  the  General  Partner (or its
officers, directors and employees) to any liability to the Partnership or to the
Limited  Partner.  The  Partnership  will indemnify and hold the General Partner
(and its officers,  directors  and  employees)  harmless  from any claim,  loss,
expense,  liability,  action  or  damage  to it  resulting  from any such act or
omission in the conduct of the  Business  of the  Partnership  in good faith and
within  the  scope of the  authority  conferred  by this  Agreement,  including,
without  limitation,  reasonable  costs and  expenses of  litigation  and appeal
(including  reasonable  fees and  expenses of  attorneys  engaged by the General
Partner in the  defense or  prosecution  of any action  relating  to such act or
omission);  but the General Partner (and its officers,  directors and employees)
shall not be entitled to be indemnified  or held harmless from any claim,  loss,
expense, liability, action or damage due to or arising from the fraud, bad faith
or gross  negligence of the General  Partner (or any of its officers,  directors
and employees).

                  (b)  In  addition  to  its   obligations   set  forth  in  the
immediately  preceding  paragraph,  the Partnership  will indemnify and hold the
Limited Partner (and its respective officers,  directors and employees) harmless
against  and  in  respect  of  any  and  all  damages,   losses,   deficiencies,
liabilities,  costs and  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  reasonable
attorneys'  fees)  incurred  or suffered by a Limited  Partner  resulting  from,
relating  to  or  arising  out  of:  (a)  the  MIC  Transferred  Assets  or  the
manufacturer,  distribution or sale by the Partnership of any Products resulting
from such operation;  (b) the failure by the Partnership to perform and be bound
by any of the terms, covenants,  conditions and restrictions relating to the MIC
Transferred  Assets  accepted  by  the  Partnership  under  the  Assignment  and
Assumption  Agreement;  (c)  any and  all  actions,  suits,  claims,  or  legal,
administrative, arbitration, governmental or other proceedings or investigations
against  a  Limited  Partner  or  any  director,   officer,   employee,   agent,
representative  or subcontractor  of a Limited  Partner,  that relate to the MIC
Transferred Assets or the Business of the Partnership,  whether or not the event
giving rise thereto  occurred  prior or subsequent to the  occurrence of the MIC
Transferred  Assets  or that  relate  to any  claim  asserted  against a Limited
Partner under any law or regulation,  including,  without  limitation,  laws and
regulations  relating to the  environment;  and (d) any and all actions,  suits,
claims,  proceedings,   investigations,  demands,  assessments,  audits,  fines,
judgments,  cost and other expenses (including,  without limitation,  reasonably
legal fees and expenses)  incident to any of the foregoing or to the enforcement
of the  Partnership's  obligation to indemnify the Limited  Partner set forth in
this paragraph 5.4(b).  The obligation of the Partnership to indemnify a Limited
Partner hereunder is limited to such party in its capacity as a Limited Partner.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                     BOOKS, RECORDS AND REPORTS, ACCOUNTING,
                               TAX ELECTIONS, ETC.

         6.1 Books, Records and Reports.

                  (a) The General Partner shall keep proper and complete records
and books of account in which all transactions and other matters relative to the
Partnership's Business are entered. The Partnership's books and records shall be
prepared in  accordance  with the method of  accounting  selected by the General
Partner  in  its  sole  discretion   utilizing   generally  accepted  accounting
principles,  consistently applied. The Partnership shall also keep (i) a list or
lists  containing  the full name and last known mailing  address of each current
and past Partner, (ii) a copy of the then effective Agreement and certificate of
limited  partnership  and  all  amendments  thereto  and  restatements  thereof,
together  with executed  copies of any powers of attorney  pursuant to which any
certificate has been executed,  (iii) copies of the Partnership's federal, state
and local income tax returns and reports,  if any, for all years with respect to
which the period for assessment of a deficiency has not expired,  (iv) copies of
any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years, and
(v) such other records as required under the Delaware  Limited  Partnership Law.
Such books and records shall be maintained at the office of the  Partnership and
shall  be open  for  inspection  and  copying  by the  Partners  or  their  duly
authorized  representatives for reasonable  Partnership purposes,  including the
evaluation of their investment in the Partnership.

                  (b)  The  Partnership   shall  prepare  quarterly  and  annual
financial  statements showing the income and expenses of the Partnership for the
quarter or fiscal year and the balance  sheets of the  Partnership as of the end
of such quarter or fiscal year and shall have the annual  statements  audited by
the Partnership's certified public accountants.  Each Partner shall be furnished
such  quarterly  statements  within  forty-five  days of the end of each  fiscal
quarter and the audited annual  statements  within one hundred twenty (120) days
of the close of each fiscal year. Prior to execution by the General Partner, the
Limited  Partner shall be given a reasonable  opportunity  to review all federal
and material state income tax  informational  returns of the  Partnership and to
consult  with  the  General  Partner  with  respect   thereto.   All  additional
Partnership  information  necessary in the preparation of the Limited  Partner's
federal  income tax returns  shall be  furnished by the  Partnership  within one
hundred  twenty (120) days of the close of each fiscal year of the  Partnership.
Further,  each Partner shall be furnished,  within a reasonable  time upon their
availability, such monthly general financial statements as are normally prepared
by the Partnership  for  management's  internal use. The Partnership  shall also
furnish to any Partner,  upon  reasonable  demand (i) true and full  information
regarding the state of the business and financial  condition of the  Partnership
and (ii) promptly after becoming available, a copy of the Partnership's federal,
state and local income tax returns for each year, together with a reconciliation
of capital account balances and changes thereto for each Partner.

         6.2 Bank Accounts.  The Partnership shall maintain its bank accounts in
such banking  institutions  as the General Partner  determines,  and withdrawals
shall  be made  only in the  regular  course  of  Partnership  Business  on such
signature or signatures as the General Partner determines.

         6.3 Accountants.  The independent  accountants for the Partnership will
be selected by the General Partner,  in its sole and absolute  discretion.  Such
independent  accountants  shall review the federal and all material state income
tax  returns  of the  Partnership  and shall  audit and  certify  to all  annual
financial statements of the Partnership.

         6.4 Tax Elections.

                  (a) The  Partners  shall  take all  action  on a timely  basis
required  to effect a  Partnership  election  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulation
Section   301.7701-3(c)  to  be  classified  as  an  association  taxable  as  a
corporation.

                  (b) All  elections  required or permitted  by the  Partnership
under the Code shall be made by the General Partner.

                  (c) The General Partner will not be responsible for initiating
any change in accounting  methods from the methods initially chosen. The General
Partner shall not incur any liability for any election made by it in good faith.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                 WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL AND ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
                      AND TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

         7.1 General Partner.

                  (a) The General Partner may not voluntarily  withdraw from and
may not assign all or any part of its  interest in the  Partnership  without the
consent of the majority of the Limited Partners.

                  (b) If a Dissolution  Event occurs with respect to the General
Partner and no general  partner  remains as a general partner of the Partnership
to continue the Business of the Partnership,  the General Partner or the General
Partner's  legal  representatives  shall promptly notify the Limited Partner and
the Partnership shall wind up in accordance with Section 8.4, unless the consent
of the  majority  of the  Limited  Partners  to  continue  the  Business  of the
Partnership is obtained.  A Successor General Partner shall be appointed,  if at
all, by the consent of the  majority of the  Limited  Partners  obtained  within
ninety (90) days from the date of such Dissolution  Event. The Successor General
Partner  shall have the right to acquire the General  Partner's  interest in the
Partnership for an amount  determined by the  Partnership's  accountants (at the
expense  of the  Partnership  and  with  the  assistance  of  such  professional
appraisers  or other  counsel  as are  deemed  necessary  or  desirable  by such
accountants)  to represent  the fair market  value of such  interest at the date
upon which the Dissolution Event occurred;  provided, however, that in the event
there is a material  change  involving the  Partnership's  assets,  liabilities,
operations  or  Business  during  the  period  commencing  on  the  date  of the
occurrence of the Dissolution Event and ending on the date the Successor General
Partner is appointed,  a request for a revaluation  may be made by the Successor
General  Partner or any Limited  Partner.  The right of a Limited Partner or the
Successor  General Partner to request such revaluation shall be exercisable only
within  90  days  after  the  date  of  notice  to the  Limited  Partner  of the
Dissolution Event. Such revaluation shall determine the fair market value of the
General Partner's  interest in the Partnership  immediately  following the event
giving  rise  to  the  revaluation  and  shall  be  made  by  the  Partnership's
accountants  within thirty (30) days of the date requested.  The expenses of the
revaluation,  if any, shall be borne by the person  requesting the  revaluation.
The Successor  General Partner's  acquisition of the General Partner's  interest
shall take place,  if at all,  within  forty-five  (45) days after the date upon
which the valuation is made, or if later,  the date on which the  revaluation is
made.

                  (c) The General  Partner may be removed by any Limited Partner
if,  and  only  if,  the  General  Partner  is  found  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction  to have  willfully  violated its fiduciary  responsibilities  as a
General Partner of the Partnership.  Upon such removal,  the Limited Partner may
designate a Successor General Partner in accordance with the procedure specified
in Section 7.1(b),  whereupon the Successor General Partner will become entitled
to the removed General Partner's  interest in the Partnership upon the Successor
General  Partner's  payment to the  removed  General  Partner of the fair market
value of the General Partner's  interest in the Partnership as determined in the
manner provided under Section 7.1(b).

         7.2  Death,  Incompetence,  Dissolution  or  Withdrawal  of  a  Limited
Partner.

                  (a) Upon the death, legal incapacity, bankruptcy or insolvency
of any individual  Limited Partner  (including an assignee who becomes a Limited
Partner),  such Limited Partner's  legally  authorized  personal  representative
shall have all of the rights of a Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or
managing  such  Limited  Partner's  estate  and  shall  have  such  power as the
deceased,  incompetent,  bankrupt or insolvent Limited Partner possessed to make
an  assignment  of the interest of such Limited  Partner in the  Partnership  in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

                  (b)  Upon the  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  dissolution  or other
cessation  to  exist  as an  entity  of  any  Limited  Partner  which  is not an
individual,  the  authorized  representative  of such entity  shall have all the
rights of a Limited  Partner for the purpose of effecting the orderly winding up
and  disposition  of the Business of such Limited  Partner and such power as the
Limited  Partner  possessed  to  make  an  assignment  of  its  interest  in the
Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

         7.3  Assignment of Interest of Limited Partner.

                  (a) General. The Limited Partner shall have the right, subject
to the  provisions  of this  Section  7.3,  to sell or assign any and all of its
Limited  Partnership  Interest  in the  Partnership,  provided  that:  (i)  such
assignment  is made by an  instrument  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to
counsel for the Partnership, including an expression of the assignee to become a
Limited  Partner,  and such assignee's  acceptance and adoption of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and agreement to pay
the expenses of such transfer  incurred by the  Partnership  in connection  with
such  admission,  including,  for  example,  the cost of  preparing,  filing and
publishing any necessary  amendment or amendments to the  certificate of limited
partnership,  and (ii) at the  request  of the  General  Partner,  the  assignee
delivers  to the  General  Partner an opinion  of  counsel  satisfactory  to the
General Partner and counsel to the  Partnership to the effect that  registration
of the  sale,  assignment  or  other  disposition  is  not  required  under  the
Securities  Act or applicable  state law or any rule or  regulation  promulgated
thereunder.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND WINDING UP

         8.1 Dissolution and Winding Up. Except as otherwise  expressly provided
in this  Agreement,  the  Partnership  shall be dissolved  and wound up upon the
occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) A  Dissolution  Event with respect to the last  remaining  General  Partner,
unless the Business of the  Partnership is continued in accordance  with Section
7.1;

(b) A sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership's
property;

(c) The distribution to the Partners of all Partnership property;

(d) The expiration of the term provided in Section 2.3;

(e) The written consent of the Partners;

(f) The entry of a decree of judicial  dissolution  by the circuit  court of the
county  of  the  principal  place  of  business  or  registered  office  of  the
Partnership; or

(g) as otherwise provided in the Delaware Limited Partnership Law.

         Dissolution  shall be effective on the date of the event giving rise to
the  dissolution of the  Partnership,  but the  Partnership  shall not terminate
until its property shall have been distributed in accordance with the provisions
of  Section  8.4.  Neither  the  death,  insanity,   incompetency,   bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar event of dissolution  or liquidation of a Limited  Partner
shall dissolve the Partnership.

         8.2 Liquidating Trustee.  Upon the occurrence of an event under Section
8.1  giving  rise to the  dissolution  and  winding up of the  Partnership,  the
liquidating  trustee  (which  will be the  General  Partner  unless the  General
Partner is the subject of the Dissolution Event) will proceed diligently to wind
up the affairs of the  Partnership  and distribute its assets in accordance with
the provisions of Section 8.4. During the interim,  the liquidating trustee will
continue to exercise  the rights and  operate  the  Business of the  Partnership
consistently with the liquidation  thereof,  exercising in connection  therewith
all the power and authority of the General Partner under this Agreement.  If the
General  Partner  is  not  permitted  to be  the  liquidating  trustee,  then  a
liquidating  trustee shall be selected by the holders of more than fifty percent
(50%) of the total Limited Partnership Interests.

         8.3  Accounting on  Dissolution.  Upon the occurrence of an event under
Section 8.1 giving rise to the  dissolution  and winding up of the  Partnership,
the  liquidating  trustee  will cause the  Partnership's  accountants  to make a
complete accounting of the assets, liabilities and operations of the Partnership
as of the last day of the month in which the dissolution occurs.

         8.4  Liquidation and Termination.  As expeditiously as possible:

                  (a) The  liquidating  trustee will pay all  liabilities of the
Partnership and establish Reserves, if the liquidating trustee deems Reserves to
be necessary, for payment of future or contingent Partnership obligations.

                  (b) The liquidating trustee will distribute the balance of the
proceeds of the liquidation among the Partners as follows: (i) five percent (5%)
to the  General  Partner;  and (ii)  ninety-five  percent  (95%) to the  Limited
Partner.

                  (c) Unless  agreed to in writing by all of the  Partners,  the
Limited  Partner shall have no right to demand and receive  property  other than
Cash upon liquidation and the liquidating  trustee, in any event, shall have the
power to sell  property for Cash in order to provide for payment of  liabilities
and  establishment  of Reserves.  All salable property of the Partnership may be
sold in connection with any liquidation at public or private sale,  conducted in
a  commercially  reasonable  manner,  at such  price and upon such  terms as the
liquidating trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable. Any Partner and
any Entity in which any Partner is in any way interested  may purchase  property
at such sale.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         9.1 Representations,  Warranties and Agreements of the Limited Partner.
The Limited  Partner  represents,  warrants,  confirms and agrees with the other
Partners as follows:

                  (a) Such Limited  Partner has full right,  power and authority
to execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and to perform  each of such  Limited
Partner's obligations hereunder.

                  (b) This  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or
on behalf of such Limited Partner and  constitutes the legal,  valid and binding
obligation of such Limited Partner in accordance with its terms.

                  (c) Such Limited  Partner is not subject to any restriction or
agreement  which prohibits or would be violated by the execution and delivery of
this Agreement or by the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or
pursuant  to which the  consent  of any third  person,  firm or  corporation  is
required in order to give effect to the transactions contemplated herein.

                  (d) Such  Limited  Partner (i) has such  knowledge of business
and financial  affairs as is necessary to enable it to understand  the nature of
and the risks attendant to the investment  contemplated herein and to understand
the  particular  financial,  legal and tax  implications  of the  Business to be
conducted by the Partnership; and (ii) has had access to any and all information
concerning the Partnership  which the Limited Partner and the Limited  Partner's
legal, tax and other advisors requested or considered necessary to make a proper
evaluation  of such an  investment  and has received  such  representations  and
warranties  with respect  thereto as deemed by such Limited Partner as necessary
and appropriate in connection with such evaluation.

                  (e)  Such  Limited  Partner   understands   that  the  Limited
Partnership Interest being acquired has not been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  on the grounds that the investment in the  Partnership
is exempt from registration thereunder. Such Limited Partner further understands
that  the  Limited  Partnership  Interest  being  acquired  by it has  not  been
registered  under the securities  laws of any other  jurisdiction on the grounds
that the  investment in the  Partnership is likewise  exempt from  registration.
Such Limited Partner represents that its Limited  Partnership  Interest is being
acquired for investment for such Limited Partner's own account,  with no present
intention of reselling or otherwise  disposing of any portion of such investment
and understands  that the reliance of the Partners and the Partnership upon such
exemptions is predicated upon the lack of such  intention.  Such Limited Partner
in no event will sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose of its Limited Partnership
Interest or any portion thereof,  unless and until such Limited Partner delivers
to the  Partnership  advance  notice of the  intended  sale,  transfer  or other
disposition  and, if  requested  by the General  Partner,  an opinion of counsel
reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  General  Partner  and  to  counsel  for  the
Partnership that  registration is not required for such sale,  transfer or other
disposition  under, and that any such sale,  transfer or other  disposition will
not violate the Securities Act, or applicable  state securities laws or any rule
or regulation promulgated thereunder.

                  (f) Such  Limited  Partner  further  acknowledges  the Limited
Partner's understanding that no trading market for Limited Partnership Interests
exists.

         9.2 Representations,  Warranties and Agreements of the General Partner.
The General Partner  represents and warrants to and confirms and agrees with the
other Partners that:

                  (a) The General Partner has full right, power and authority to
execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and to perform  each of its  obligations
hereunder.

                  (b) The General Partner has taken all corporate action to duly
execute and deliver this Agreement.

                  (c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered and is
a duly and validly binding  obligation of the General Partner in accordance with
its terms.

                  (d) The General  Partner is not subject to any  restriction or
agreement  which prohibits or would be violated by the execution and delivery of
this Agreement or the  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  herein or
pursuant  to which the  consent  of any third  person,  firm or  corporation  is
required in order to give effect to the transactions contemplated herein.

                  (e) The General  Partner  will not permit the  Partnership  to
issue  additional  Limited  Partnership  Interests,  except in connection with a
permitted sale or other  disposition by Limited Partner of all or any portion of
its Limited Partnership interest.

                                    ARTICLE X

               APPOINTMENT OF GENERAL PARTNER AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

         10.1  Appointment  as  Attorney-in-Fact.  Each Limited  Partner  hereby
irrevocably  constitutes  and appoints  the General  Partner its true and lawful
attorney-in-fact  (with full power and  authority in said attorney to substitute
another  attorney in such attorney's  place and to revoke such  substitution) to
execute,  acknowledge,  deliver,  swear to,  file and record at the  appropriate
public office such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the
provisions of this Agreement, including:

                  (a)  This  Agreement  and  any  amendments  to  this Agreement
required by the laws of the United States or any state;

                  (b)  All   certificates  of  limited   partnership  and  other
certificates  or  instruments  (including  counterparts  of this  Agreement) and
amendments  thereto,  and any  amendment  of this  Agreement,  which the General
Partner deems  appropriate  to qualify or continue the  Partnership as a limited
partnership in any jurisdiction in which the Partnership may conduct business or
to correct an error in this Agreement or the certificate of limited partnership;

                  (c) All instruments,  including  amendments to the certificate
of limited  partnership  and  amendments  to this  Agreement,  which the General
Partner  deems  appropriate  to  reflect  the  admission  of a Partner to or the
withdrawal of a Partner from the  Partnership  in  accordance  with the terms of
this Agreement; and

                  (d) All  conveyances and other  instruments  which the General
Partner deems  appropriate  to reflect the  dissolution  and  termination of the
Partnership.

         10.2 Continuing  Effect. The appointment by the Limited Partners of the
General Partner, as their attorney-in-fact shall be deemed to be a power coupled
with an interest,  in  recognition  of the fact that each of the Partners  under
this Agreement  will be relying upon the power of the General  Partner to act as
contemplated  by this  Agreement  in any filing or other action on behalf of the
Partnership,  and shall survive the  bankruptcy,  death or  incompetence  of any
Partners  hereby  giving such power and the transfer or assignment of all or any
part of the  interest  of such  Partners;  provided,  that in the  event  of the
transfer by a Limited Partner of all or any part of its interest,  the foregoing
power of attorney  shall  survive the delivery of the  assignment by the Limited
Partner of the whole or any portion of such Limited Partner's  interest;  except
that where such assignee has been approved by the General  Partner for admission
to the Partnership as a Limited Partner, the power of attorney shall survive the
delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling the General Partner
to  execute,  acknowledge  and file any  instruments  necessary  to effect  such
substitution.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                     GENERAL

         11.1 Notices.  All  communications,  notices and consents  provided for
herein shall be in writing and be given in person or by means of telex, telecopy
or other wire  transmission  (with  request for assurance of receipt in a manner
typical  with  respect to  communications  of that  type) or by mail,  and shall
become  effective  (x) on  delivery  if  given  in  person,  (y) on the  date of
transmission if sent by telex, telecopy or other wire transmission,  or (z) four
business days after being  deposited in the mails  (addressed to the address set
forth  following the person's or Entity's  name on the  signature  page hereto),
with proper postage for first class registered or certified mail, prepaid.

         Partners  may change  their  addresses  for the purpose of this Section
11.1 by notice to the Partnership at its principal office in the manner provided
in this Section.

         11.2 Further  Assurances.  The Partners agree to execute,  acknowledge,
deliver,  file,  record and  publish  such  further  certificates,  instruments,
agreements  and other  documents,  and to take all such further action as may be
required by law or deemed by the General  Partner to be necessary in furtherance
of the Partnership's  purposes and the objectives and intentions underlying this
Agreement and not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.

         11.3  Entire  Agreement.   This  instrument   incorporates  the  entire
agreement  among the parties  hereto,  regardless  of  anything to the  contrary
contained in any  certificate  of limited  partnership  or other  instrument  or
notice  purporting to summarize the terms of this Agreement,  whether or not the
same shall be recorded or published.

         11.4  Amendments.

                  (a)  To  the  extent   permitted  by  the   Delaware   Limited
Partnership  Law, this Agreement and any certificate of limited  partnership may
be amended only upon the unanimous consent of the Partners.

                  (b) In addition to any amendment otherwise  authorized herein,
the  General  Partner  may amend this  Partnership  Agreement  from time to time
without the consent of the Limited Partner:

                    (i)  to reflect  the  addition  or  substitution  of Limited
                         Partner; or

                    (ii) to make all  filings as may be  necessary  or proper to
                         provide that this Agreement shall  constitute,  for all
                         purposes, an agreement of limited partnership under the
                         terms of the laws of the State of Delaware as in effect
                         from time to time.

         11.5 Gender and Number.  Unless the context  otherwise  requires,  when
used in the Agreement,  the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and the
masculine includes the feminine and neuter and vice versa.
A person is deemed to include an individual or any other Entity.

         11.6 Benefit.  This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit
of the parties to this Agreement, their heirs, legal representatives, successors
and assigns.

         11.7 Captions. Captions are inserted for convenience only and shall not
be given any legal effect.

         11.8  Execution.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts,  and each such  counterpart  will, for all purposes,  be deemed an
original instrument,  but all such counterparts together will constitute but one
and the same agreement.

         11.9 Governing Law and  Severability.  This Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Delaware.  If any provision  hereof is determined to
be invalid or unenforceable, it shall be modified or deleted, if necessary, from
this Agreement in order to prevent this Agreement as a whole from being rendered
invalid or unenforceable, and this Agreement shall be interpreted to give effect
to the  intention of the Partners  ascertained  from this  Agreement as a whole,
even if that  requires  taking  the  invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  into
consideration in ascertaining such intention (but only for that purpose).

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been duly sworn to and executed
as of the date first above written.

GENERAL PARTNER

Maverick Tube Corporation,
a Delaware corporation

By:      /s/  Pamela G. Boone
Title:   Assistant Secretary

400 Chesterfield Center
2nd Floor
Chesterfield, Missouri 63017
(314) 537-1314

LIMITED PARTNER

Maverick Investment Corporation,
a Delaware corporation


By:      /s/  Charles O. Struckhoff
Title:   Secretary

4950 North County Road 967
Blytheville, Arkansas 72315
(870) 763-6281

<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.14
                            Secured Credit Agreement
                                      Among
                            Maverick Tube Corporation
                                       And
                          Harris Trust And Savings Bank
                                    AS AGENT
                                       And
                          Harris Trust And Savings Bank
                                       AND
                      Mercantile Bank National Association,
                                   AS LENDERS
                         DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 18, 1998







                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                            MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION
                            SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT



SECTION 1.                 THE CREDITS........................................1

       Section 1.1.            The Revolving Credit...........................1
       Section 1.2.            The Notes......................................2
       Section 1.3.            Interest Rates.................................3
       Section 1.4.            Letter of Credit...............................6
       Section 1.5.            Reimbursement Obligations......................7
       Section 1.6.            Manner of Borrowing and Rate Selection.........7
       Section 1.7.            Participation in the L/C.......................8
       Section 1.8.            The Collateral.................................9

SECTION 2.                 FEES, PREPAYMENTS AND TERMINATIONS.................9

       Section 2.1.            Commitment Fees................................9
       Section 2.2.            Other Fees.....................................9
       Section 2.3.            Optional Prepayments..........................10
       Section 2.4.            Mandatory Prepayments-Borrowing Base..........10
       Section 2.5.            Terminations..................................10
       Section 2.6.            Capital Adequacy..............................10

SECTION 3.                 PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.................11


SECTION 4.                 DEFINITIONS.......................................11

       Section 4.2.            Interpretation................................21

SECTION 5.                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................21

       Section 5.1.            Organization and Qualification................21
       Section 5.2.            Financial Reports.............................21
       Section 5.3.            Litigation; Tax Returns; Approvals............22
       Section 5.4.            Regulation U..................................22
       Section 5.5.            No Default....................................22
       Section 5.6.            ERISA.........................................22
       Section 5.7.            Environmental Law.............................23
       Section 5.8.            Security Interests............................23
       Section 5.10.           Accurate Information..........................24
       Section 5.11.           Enforceability................................24
       Section 5.12.           Year 2000 Compliance..........................25

SECTION 6.                 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..............................25

       Section 6.1.            General.......................................25
       Section 6.2.            Initial Extension of Credit...................25
       Section 6.3.            Each Extension of Credit......................26
       Section 6.4.            Legal Matters.................................27

SECTION 7.                 COVENANTS.........................................27

       Section 7.1.            Maintenance of Property.......................27
       Section 7.2.            Taxes.........................................27
       Section 7.3.            Maintenance of Insurance......................27
       Section 7.4.            Financial Reports.............................28
       Section 7.5.            Inspection....................................29
       Section 7.6.            Consolidation and Merger......................29
       Section 7.7.            Transactions with Affiliates..................30
       Section 7.8.            Maximum Total Funded Debt Ratio...............30
       Section 7.9.            [Intentionally Omitted].......................30
       Section 7.10.           Consolidated Tangible Net Worth...............30
       Section 7.11.           Maximum Leverage Ratio........................30
       Section 7.12.           Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio...........30
       Section 7.13.           Restricted Payments...........................30
       Section 7.14.           Liens.........................................31
       Section 7.15.           Borrowings and Guaranties.....................32
       Section 7.16.           Investments, Loans, Advances and Acquisitions.33
       Section 7.17.           Sale of Property..............................35
       Section 7.18.           Notice of Suit or Adverse Change in
                                   Business or Default.......................35
       Section 7.19.           ERISA.........................................35
       Section 7.20.           Supplemental Performance......................35
       Section 7.21.           Use of Proceeds...............................35
       Section 7.22.           Compliance with Laws, etc.....................36
       Section 7.23.           Environmental Covenant........................36
       Section 7.24.           No Restrictions on Subsidiaries...............36

SECTION 8.                 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES....................37

       Section 8.1.            Definitions...................................37
       Section 8.2.            Remedies for Non-Bankruptcy Defaults..........39
       Section 8.3.            Remedies for Bankruptcy Defaults..............39
       Section 8.4.            L/Cs..........................................39

SECTION 9.                 CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES REGARDING
                             EURODOLLAR LOANS................................40

       Section 9.1.            Change of Law.................................40
       Section 9.2.            Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to
                                   Ascertain the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate....40
       Section 9.3.            Taxes and Increased Costs.....................40
       Section 9.4.            Funding Indemnity.............................41
       Section 9.5.            Lending Branch................................42
       Section 9.6.            Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding....42

SECTION 10.                THE AGENT.........................................42

       Section 10.1.           Appointment and Powers........................42
       Section 10.2.           Powers........................................42
       Section 10.3.           General Immunity..............................42
       Section 10.4.           No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc....43
       Section 10.5.           Right to Indemnity............................43
       Section 10.6.           Action Upon Instructions of Banks.............43
       Section 10.7.           Employment of Agents and Counsel..............43
       Section 10.8.           Reliance on Documents; Counsel................43
       Section 10.9.           May Treat Payee as Owner......................43
       Section 10.10.          Agent's Reimbursement.........................44
       Section 10.11.          Rights as a Lender............................44
       Section 10.12.          Bank Credit Decision..........................44
       Section 10.13.          Resignation of Agent..........................44
       Section 10.14.          Duration of Agency............................44

SECTION 11.                MISCELLANEOUS.....................................45

       Section 11.1.           Amendments and Waivers........................45
       Section 11.2.           Waiver of Rights..............................45
       Section 11.3.           Several Obligations...........................45
       Section 11.4.           Non-Business Day..............................46
       Section 11.5.           Survival of Indemnities.......................46
       Section 11.6.           Documentary Taxes.............................46
       Section 11.7.           Representations...............................46
       Section 11.8.           Notices.......................................46
       Section 11.9.           Costs and Expenses............................47
       Section 11.10.          Counterparts..................................48
       Section 11.11.          Successors and Assigns; Governing Law;
                                   Entire Agreement..........................48
       Section 11.12.          No Joint Venture..............................48
       Section 11.13.          Severability..................................48
       Section 11.14.          Table of Contents and Headings................48
       Section 11.15.          Sharing of Payments...........................48
       Section 11.16.          Conflict Among Documents......................49
       Section 11.17.          Confidentiality...............................49
       Section 11.18.          Participants..................................50
       Section 11.19.          Assignment Agreements.........................50



Exhibit A                     Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B                     Pay-off Letter
Exhibit C                     Application and Agreement for Letter of Credit
Exhibit D                     Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit E                     Schedule of Subsidiaries
Exhibit F                     Security Agreement Re: Accounts Receivable
                              and Inventory
Exhibit G                     Compliance Certificate
Exhibit H                     Form of Legal Opinion
Exhibit I                           Accounts Receivable Aging Report
Exhibit J                     Environmental Disclosure
Exhibit K                     Liens
Exhibit L                     Indebtedness
Exhibit M                  Certain Restrictions

<PAGE>
                            MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION
                            SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT



Harris Trust and Savings Bank
Chicago, Illinois


Mercantile Bank National Association
St. Louis, Missouri


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The undersigned, MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Borrower")  applies  to you for your  several  commitments,  subject to all the
terms  and  conditions  hereof  and on the  basis  of  the  representations  and
warranties  hereinafter  set forth,  to make a revolving  credit (the "Revolving
Credit")  available to the Borrower,  all as more fully  hereinafter  set forth.
Each of you is hereinafter  referred to individually as "Bank" and  collectively
as  "Banks."  Harris  Trust  and  Savings  Bank in its  individual  capacity  is
sometimes  referred to herein as "Harris,"  and in its capacity as Agent for the
Banks is hereinafter in such capacity called the "Agent."





SECTION 1.           THE CREDITS.

         Section 1.1. The Revolving Credit.  (a) Subject to all of the terms and
conditions  hereof,  the Banks agree,  severally  and not  jointly,  to extend a
Revolving  Credit to the  Borrower  which may be  utilized  in the form of loans
(individually a "Revolving  Credit Loan" and collectively the "Revolving  Credit
Loans"),  and L/Cs (as hereinafter  defined).  The aggregate principal amount of
all Revolving  Credit Loans under the Revolving Credit plus the amount available
for drawing  under the L/Cs,  and the aggregate  principal  amount of all unpaid
Reimbursement Obligations (as hereinafter defined) at any time outstanding shall
not  exceed  the  lesser of (i) the  Banks'  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  (as
hereinafter  defined)  in  effect  from  time to time  during  the  term of this
Agreement  and (ii) the  Borrowing  Base as  determined on the basis of the most
recent  Borrowing Base  Certificate.  The Revolving Credit shall be available to
the Borrower, and may be availed of by the Borrower from time to time, be repaid
(subject to the  restrictions  on  prepayment  set forth herein) and used again,
during the period from the date hereof to and including  September 30, 2003 (the
"Termination Date").

         The respective  maximum  aggregate  principal  amounts of the Revolving
Credit  at  any  one  time  outstanding  and  the  percentage  (the  "Commitment
Percentage")  of the Revolving  Credit  available at any time which each Bank by
its acceptance  hereof severally agrees to make available to the Borrower are as
follows  (collectively,  the "Revolving Credit Commitments" and individually,  a
"Revolving Credit Commitment"):

Harris Trust and Savings Bank                    $25,000,000                50%
Mercantile Bank National Association             $25,000,000                50%

Total                                            $50,000,000                100%

         (c)  Loans  under  the  Revolving  Credit  may be  Eurodollar  Loans or
Domestic  Rate Loans.  All Loans under the  Revolving  Credit shall be made from
each Bank in proportion to its respective  Revolving Credit  Commitment as above
set forth.  Each Domestic Rate Loan shall be in an amount not less than $250,000
or such  greater  amount  which is an integral  multiple  of  $100,000  and each
Eurodollar  Loan shall be in an amount not less than  $1,000,000 or such greater
amount which is an integral multiple of $500,000.

         (d) The initial  borrowing  under this Agreement  shall be in an amount
sufficient  to pay all amounts  outstanding  under that certain  Secured  Credit
Agreement dated as of May 15, 1992, as amended (the "Existing  Agreement") among
the  Borrower,  Harris  Trust  and  Savings  Bank,  individually  and  as  agent
thereunder, and Mercantile Bank National Association.  The Agent shall apply the
proceeds of the initial  borrowing  hereunder to pay all  principal and interest
outstanding under the Existing Agreement.

         Section 1.2. The Notes.  All  Revolving  Credit Loans made by each Bank
under its Revolving  Credit  Commitment,  shall be evidenced by a single Secured
Revolving  Credit Note of the  Borrower  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A
hereto  individually,  a "Revolving Note" and together,  the "Revolving  Notes")
payable  to the  order  of each  Bank in the  principal  amount  of such  Bank's
Revolving Credit Commitment,  but the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness
evidenced  by such  Revolving  Note at any time  shall be, and the same is to be
determined by, the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made
by such  Bank  to the  Borrower  pursuant  hereto  on or  prior  to the  date of
determination  less  the  aggregate  amount  of  principal  repayments  on  such
Revolving Credit Loans received by or on behalf of such Bank on or prior to such
date of  determination.  Each  Revolving Note shall be dated as of the execution
date of this Agreement,  shall be delivered  concurrently herewith, and shall be
expressed to mature on the Termination  Date and to bear interest as provided in
Section  1.3  hereof.  Each Bank  shall  record on its books or  records or on a
schedule to its Revolving Note the amount of each Revolving  Credit Loan made by
it  hereunder,  whether each  Revolving  Credit Loan is a Domestic  Rate Loan or
Eurodollar  Loan, and, with respect to Eurodollar  Loans,  the interest rate and
Interest Period applicable  thereto,  and all payments of principal and interest
and the principal balance from time to time outstanding,  provided that prior to
any transfer of such  Revolving  Note all such amounts  shall be recorded on the
schedule to such Revolving Note. The record thereof, whether shown on such books
or  records or on the  schedule  to the  Revolving  Note,  shall be prima  facie
evidence as to all such amounts; provided, however, that the failure of any Bank
to record, or any mistake in recording,  any of the foregoing shall not limit or
otherwise  affect the  obligation of the Borrower to repay all Revolving  Credit
Loans made hereunder together with accrued interest thereon. Upon the request of
any Bank, the Borrower will furnish a new Revolving Note to such Bank to replace
its outstanding  Revolving Note and at such time the first notation appearing on
the schedule on the reverse side of, or attached to, such  Revolving  Note shall
set forth the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans then
outstanding  from such Bank,  and,  with respect to each  Eurodollar  Loan,  the
interest rate and Interest Period applicable thereto.  Such Bank will cancel and
deliver to the Borrower the  outstanding  Revolving  Credit Note upon receipt of
the new Revolving Credit Note.

         Section 1.3. Interest Rates. (a) Domestic Rate. Each Domestic Rate Loan
shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days
elapsed) on the unpaid  principal amount thereof from the date such Loan is made
until maturity (whether by acceleration, upon prepayment or otherwise) at a rate
per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable  Margin plus the Domestic Rate from
time to time in  effect,  payable  monthly  in  arrears  on the last day of each
month,   commencing  on  September   30,  1998  and  at  maturity   (whether  by
acceleration, upon prepayment or otherwise).

         (b) Eurodollar Rate. Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest (computed
on the  basis of a year of 360 days  and  actual  days  elapsed)  on the  unpaid
principal  amount  thereof from the date such Loan is made until the last day of
the Interest Period applicable  thereto or, if earlier,  until maturity (whether
by  acceleration  or  otherwise)  at a rate  per  annum  equal to the sum of the
Applicable Margin plus the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate, payable on the last day of
each Interest Period applicable thereto and at maturity (whether by acceleration
or  otherwise),  and,  with  respect  to any  Interest  Period  applicable  to a
Eurodollar  Loan in excess of three months,  on the date  occurring  every three
months after the date such Interest Period began and at the end of such Interest
Period;  provided that if on the last day of the Interest  Period  applicable to
any  Eurodollar  Loan the  Borrower  does not prepay such Loan,  such Loan shall
become a Domestic Rate Loan as of the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto.

         "Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate" means a rate per annum determined  pursuant
to the following formula:

         Adjusted Eurodollar Rate  = Eurodollar Rate/(100% - Reserve Percentage)

         "Eurodollar Rate" means, for each Interest Period,  (a) the LIBOR Index
Rate for such Interest Period,  if such rate is available,  and (b) if the LIBOR
Index Rate cannot be determined, the arithmetic average of the rates of interest
per annum (rounded upward, if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) at which
deposits in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds are offered to the Agent
at 11:00 a.m. (London,  England time) two (2) Business Days before the beginning
of such  Interest  Period  by three  (3) or more  major  banks in the  interbank
eurodollar  market  selected  by the Bank for a  period  equal to such  Interest
Period and in an amount equal or comparable to the  applicable  Eurodollar  Loan
scheduled to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

         "LIBOR Index Rate" means, for any Interest  Period,  the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the next higher one  hundred-thousandth of a
percentage  point)  for  deposits  in U.S.  Dollars  for a period  equal to such
Interest  Period,  which  appears  on the  Telerate  Page 3750 as of 11:00  a.m.
(London,  England time) on the day two (2) Business Days before the commencement
of such Interest Period.

         "Telerate Page 3750" means the display designated as "Page 3750" on the
Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or
such other service as may be nominated by the British  Bankers'  Association  as
the  information   vendor  for  the  purpose  of  displaying   British  Bankers'
Association   Interest   Settlement  Rates  for  U.S.  Dollar  deposits).   Each
determination  of the Eurodollar  Rate made by the Agent shall be conclusive and
binding absent manifest error.

         "Interest  Period"  means,  with respect to any  Eurodollar  Loan,  the
period  commencing  on,  as the  case  may be,  the  creation,  continuation  or
conversion  date with  respect to such  LIBOR Loan and ending one (1),  two (2),
three (3) or six (6) months thereafter as selected by the Borrower in its notice
as provided herein;  provided that all of the foregoing  provisions  relating to
Interest Periods are subject to the following:

                   (i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which
         is not a Business Day,  that  Interest  Period shall be extended to the
         next succeeding  Business Day, unless in the case of an Interest Period
         for a Eurodollar  Loan the result of such  extension  would be to carry
         such Interest  Period into another  calendar  month in which event such
         Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

                  (ii) no Interest Period may extend beyond  the  final maturity
         date of the Notes;

                 (iii) the interest  rate to be applicable to each Loan for each
         Interest  Period shall apply from and  including  the first day of such
         Interest Period to but excluding the last day thereof; and

                  (iv) no Interest Period may be selected if after giving effect
         thereto  the  Company  will  be  unable  to  make a  principal  payment
         scheduled to be made during such Interest Period without paying part of
         a  Eurodollar  Loan on a date other  than the last day of the  Interest
         Period applicable thereto.

For purposes of determining an Interest  Period, a month means a period starting
on one day in a calendar month and ending on a numerically  corresponding day in
the next calendar month, provided,  however, if an Interest Period begins on the
last day of a month or if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month
in which an Interest  Period is to end, then such  Interest  Period shall end on
the last Business Day of such month.

         "Reserve Percentage" means the daily arithmetic average maximum rate at
which reserves (including,  without limitation,  any supplemental,  marginal and
emergency  reserves) are imposed on member banks of the Federal  Reserve  System
during the applicable  Interest  Period by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System  (or  any  successor)   under   Regulation  D  on  "eurocurrency
liabilities"  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Regulation  D),  subject  to any
amendments of such reserve  requirement by such Board or its  successor,  taking
into  account  any  transitional  adjustments  thereto.  For  purposes  of  this
definition,  the Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to be Eurocurrency liabilities
as  defined  in  Regulation  D without  benefit  or credit  for any  prorations,
exemptions or offsets under Regulation D.

                   (c) Default  Rate. If any payment of principal or interest on
         any Revolving  Credit Loan is not made when due  (including any payment
         due upon acceleration),  such Loan shall bear interest (computed on the
         basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) from the date such
         payment  was due until paid in full,  payable on demand,  at a rate per
         annum equal to:

                            (i) with respect to any Domestic Rate Loan,  the sum
                  of 2% plus the  Applicable  Margin plus the Domestic Rate from
                  time to time in effect; and

                           (ii) with respect to any Eurodollar  Loan, the sum of
                  2% plus the rate of interest in effect  thereon at the time of
                  such  default  until  the  end of  the  Interest  Period  then
                  applicable thereto, and, thereafter, at a rate per annum equal
                  to the sum of 2% plus the Applicable  Margin plus the Domestic
                  Rate from time to time in effect.

                   (d) Interest Rate and Commitment Fee Margin Adjustments.  The
         Applicable  Margin specified in subsections (a) and (b) hereof shall be
         subject to  reduction  if the  Borrower's  Total  Funded Debt to EBITDA
         Ratio for any fiscal quarter and for the preceding fiscal quarter shall
         have been in a lower range specified  below than that range  associated
         with the interest rate margins then in effect,  and shall be subject to
         increase if the  Borrower's  Total  Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio for any
         fiscal  quarter  shall be in a higher  range  specified  below than the
         range  associated  with the interest  rate margins then in effect.  The
         margins from time to time  applicable to the Revolving  Credit Loans in
         accordance  herewith  are  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Applicable
         Margins".

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             SUMMARY PRICING MATRIX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      Level I      Level II         Level III        Level IV

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Funded Debt    less than    greater than     greater than     greater than
to EBITDA Ratio      1.00 time    or equal to      or equal to      or equal to
                                  1.00 time and    2.00 times &     2.50 times
                                  less than        less than
                                  2.00 times       2.50 times
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Domestic Rate           0%            0%               0%               0%
Margin
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eurodollar Margin      .75%         1.00%            1.25%            1.50%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitment Fee         .20%          .25%             .25%             .375%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Not later  than ten  Business  Days  after  receipt by the Agent of the
financial  statements  called  for by  Section  7.4  hereof  for the  applicable
quarter, the Agent shall determine the Total Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the
applicable  period and shall promptly  notify the Borrower and each Bank of such
determination and of any change in the Applicable  Margins resulting  therefrom.
Any such change in the Applicable  Margins shall be effective as of the date the
Agent so notifies the Borrower  with  respect to all Loans  outstanding  on such
date,  and such new  Applicable  Margins  shall  continue  in  effect  until the
effective date of the next  quarterly  redetermination  in accordance  with this
Section 1.3(d).  Each determination of the Total Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio and
Applicable  Margins by the Agent in  accordance  with this Section be conclusive
and binding on the Borrower  absent  manifest error or willful  misconduct.  The
Applicable  Margins  shall  first be  adjusted  upon  receipt  of the  financial
statements  for the fiscal  quarter  ending  September  30, 1999.  From the date
hereof until the date the Applicable Margins are first adjusted pursuant hereto,
the Applicable Margins shall be those set forth in Level II above.

         Section  1.4.  Letter  of  Credit.  (a)  Subject  to all the  terms and
conditions  hereof and  satisfaction  of all  conditions  precedent to borrowing
under this Agreement and so long as no Potential  Default or Event of Default is
in existence,  at the  Borrower's  request  Harris shall issue letters of credit
(individually,  an "L/C" and  collectively  the  "L/Cs")  for the account of the
Borrower  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed   $5,000,000,   subject  to
availability  under  the  Revolving  Credit,  and  the  Banks  hereby  agree  to
participate  therein as more fully  described  in Section 1.7  hereof.  Each L/C
shall be issued  pursuant to an  application  and agreement for letter of credit
(individually,  an "L/C Agreement" and collectively the "L/C Agreements") in the
form of Exhibit C hereto,  shall consist of a standby or trade letter of credit,
shall be in form and  substance  acceptable  to Harris and the Banks,  and shall
have an expiry  date not more than one year from the date of  issuance  thereof,
subject to annual  renewals (but in no event later than the  Termination  Date).
The aggregate amount available to be drawn under all L/Cs issued pursuant hereto
shall be  deducted  from the  credit  otherwise  available  under the  Revolving
Credit.  In  consideration  of the issuance of L/Cs the  Borrower  agrees to pay
Harris for the benefit of the Banks a fee (the "L/C  Participation  Fee") in the
amount per annum  equal to the  Applicable  Margin  (but not to exceed 1% in any
event) for Eurodollar  Loans (computed on the basis of a 360 day year and actual
days  elapsed)  of the face  amount for each L/C  issued for the  account of the
Borrower  hereunder.  In addition,  the Borrower shall pay Harris (x) a fee (the
"L/C  Issuance  Fee") in the amount  per annum  equal to (i) for  standby  L/Cs,
one-eighth  of one  percent  (0.125%) of the stated  amount of each  standby L/C
issued  hereunder and (ii) for commercial  L/Cs, the customary  issuance fee for
commercial  L/Cs as may be established by Harris from time to time, and (y) such
drawing, negotiation, amendment and other administrative fees in connection with
each  L/C  as  may be  established  by  Harris  from  time  to  time  (the  "L/C
Administrative  Fee"). All L/C Issuance Fees and L/C Participation Fees shall be
payable  quarterly in arrears on the last day of each December,  March, June and
September commencing September 30, 1998 and on the Termination Date, and all L/C
Administrative  Fees  shall  be  payable  on the  date of  issuance  of each L/C
hereunder and on the date required by Harris.

         (b) The Agent shall give prompt telephone, telex, or telecopy notice to
each Bank of each issuance of, or amendment to, an L/C  specifying the effective
date of the L/C or amendment,  the amount,  the beneficiary,  and the expiration
date of the L/C, in each case as established  originally or through the relevant
amendment, as applicable,  the account party or parties for the L/C, each Bank's
pro rata  participation in such L/C and whether the Agent has classified the L/C
as a  commercial,  performance,  or  financial  letter of credit for  regulatory
reporting purposes.

         Section 1.5. Reimbursement Obligations;. The Borrower is obligated, and
hereby unconditionally agrees to pay in immediately available funds to the Agent
for the  account of Harris and the Banks who are  participating  in the L/Cs the
face  amount of each draft drawn and  presented  under each L/C issued by Harris
hereunder  (the  obligation  of  the  Borrower  under  this  Section  1.5  is  a
"Reimbursement  Obligation").  If at any  time  the  Borrower  fails  to pay any
Reimbursement  Obligation  when  due,  the  Borrower  shall  be  deemed  to have
automatically requested a Domestic Rate Loan from the Banks hereunder, as of the
maturity date of such Reimbursement Obligation, the proceeds of which Loan shall
be used to repay such Reimbursement Obligation.  Such Loan shall only be made if
no Potential Default or Event of Default shall exist and upon approval by all of
the Banks, and shall be subject to availability  under the Revolving  Credit. If
such Loan is not made by the Banks for any  reason,  the  unpaid  amount of such
Reimbursement  Obligation shall be due and payable to the Agent for the pro rata
benefit of the Banks upon demand and shall bear interest at the rate of interest
specified in Section 1.3(c)(i) hereof.

         Section 1.6. Manner of Borrowing and Rate  Selection.  (a) The Borrower
(through any one of its Authorized Representatives) shall give telephonic, telex
or telecopy notice to the Agent (which notice, if telephonic,  shall be promptly
confirmed  in writing) no later than (i) 11:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) on the date
the Banks are  requested  to make each  Domestic  Rate Loan under the  Revolving
Credit  and (ii)  11:00  a.m.  (Chicago  time) on the  date at least  three  (3)
Business  Days prior to the date of each  Eurodollar  Loan  under the  Revolving
Credit which the Banks are requested to make. Each such notice shall specify the
date of the Loan  requested  (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of such
Loan,  whether the Loan is to be made available by means of a Domestic Rate Loan
or Eurodollar  Loan and, with respect to Eurodollar  Loans,  the Interest Period
applicable thereto; provided, that in no event shall the principal amount of any
requested  Revolving  Credit  Loan plus the  aggregate  principal  amount of all
Loans, the undrawn face amount of all L/Cs and unpaid Reimbursement  Obligations
outstanding  hereunder exceed the amounts  specified in Section 1.1 hereof.  The
Borrower  agrees  that  the  Agent  may rely on any  such  telephonic,  telex or
telecopy notice given by any person who the Agent believes is authorized to give
such notice without the necessity of independent  investigation and in the event
any notice by such means  conflicts with the written  confirmation,  such notice
shall govern if any Bank has acted in reliance thereon.  The Agent shall, on the
day any such notice is received by it, give prompt telephonic, telex or telecopy
(if  telephonic,  to be confirmed in writing  within one Business Day) notice of
the receipt of notice from the  Borrower  hereunder  to each of the Banks (using
its best efforts to give such notice by no later than 1:00 p.m.,  Chicago  time,
of the day such notice is received [if received at or before 11:00 a.m., Chicago
time] or by no later than the  morning  of the  following  Business  Day [if not
received prior to 11:00 a.m.,  Chicago time]),  and, if such notice requests the
Banks to make any Eurodollar  Loans,  the Agent shall confirm to the Borrower by
telephonic,  telex or telecopy means, which confirmation shall be conclusive and
binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error or willful  misconduct,
the Interest Period and the interest rate applicable thereto promptly after such
rate is determined by the Agent.

         (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 6 hereof, the proceeds of each
Revolving  Credit Loan shall be made  available to the Borrower at the principal
office of the Agent in Chicago, Illinois, in immediately available funds, on the
date such Loan is requested to be made,  except to the extent a Revolving Credit
Loan represents a refinancing of a Reimbursement  Obligation,  in which case the
proceeds  of such Loan shall be applied to the  payment of the  relevant  unpaid
Reimbursement  Obligation.  Not later than 3:00 p.m.  Chicago  time, on the date
specified for any Loan to be made hereunder, each Bank shall make its portion of
such Loan  available  to the  Borrower  in  immediately  available  funds at the
principal office of the Agent,  except as otherwise  provided above with respect
to repaying any outstanding Reimbursement Obligations.

         (c) Unless the Agent  shall have been  notified by a Bank prior to 2:00
p.m.  (Chicago time) on the date of a Loan to be made by such Bank (which notice
shall be effective upon receipt and may be made by telecopy) that such Bank does
not intend to make the proceeds of such Loan  available to the Agent,  the Agent
may assume that such Bank has made such proceeds  available to the Agent on such
date and the  Agent  may in  reliance  upon such  assumption  (but  shall not be
required  to) make  available to the Borrower a  corresponding  amount.  If such
corresponding  amount is not in fact made  available  to the Agent by such Bank,
the Agent shall be entitled to receive such amount on demand from such Bank (or,
if such Bank fails to pay such amount  forthwith  upon such  demand,  to recover
such amount,  together with interest  thereon at the rate  otherwise  applicable
thereto  under  Section 1.3 hereof,  from the  Borrower)  together with interest
thereon in respect  of each day  during the period  commencing  on the date such
amount  was made  available  to the  Borrower  and  ending on the date the Agent
recovers such amount, at a rate per annum equal to the effective rate charged to
the Agent for  overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with member banks of the
Federal Reserve System for each day, as determined by the Agent (or, in the case
of a day which is not a Business Day, then for the preceding  Business Day) (the
"Fed Funds Rate").  Nothing in this Section 1.6(c) shall be deemed to permit any
Bank to breach its  obligations  to make Loans under the Revolving  Credit or to
limit the Borrower's claims against any Bank for such breach.

         Section 1.7. Participation in the L/C. Each of the Banks will acquire a
risk  participation  in each L/C upon the issuance thereof ratably in accordance
with its Commitment Percentage. In the event any Reimbursement Obligation is not
immediately paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof,  each Bank will
pay to Harris funds in an amount equal to such Bank's  Commitment  Percentage of
such Reimbursement Obligation. At the election of all of the Banks, such funding
by the  Banks  of an  unpaid  Reimbursement  Obligations  shall  be  treated  as
additional  Revolving  Credit  Loans to the  Borrower  hereunder  rather  than a
purchase  of  participations  by the  Banks  in the  L/C  held  by  Harris.  The
availability  of funds to the  Borrower  under  the  Revolving  Credit  shall be
reduced in an amount equal to the undrawn face amount of the L/C. The obligation
of  the  Banks  to  Harris   under  this  Section  1.7  shall  be  absolute  and
unconditional  and shall not be  affected or impaired by any Event of Default or
Potential  Default which may then be continuing  hereunder.  Harris shall notify
each Bank by telephone of its proportionate  share relative to its percentage of
the total Banks' Revolving Credit Commitments set forth in Section 1.1 hereof (a
"Commitment Percentage") of such unpaid Reimbursement Obligation. If such notice
has been given to each Bank by 12:00 Noon, Chicago time, each Bank agrees to pay
Harris  in  immediately  available  and  freely  transferable  funds on the same
Business Day its Commitment Percentage of such Reimbursement  Obligation.  Funds
shall be so made available at the account designated by Harris in such notice to
the Banks.  Upon the election by the Banks to treat such  funding as  additional
Revolving Credit Loans hereunder and payment by each Bank, such Loans shall bear
interest in accordance with Section 1.3(a) hereof.  Harris shall share with each
Bank its  Commitment  Percentage of each payment of a  Reimbursement  Obligation
(whether of principal or interest) and any L/C  Participation Fee payable by the
Borrower.  The L/C Issuance Fee and L/C  Administration  Fee shall be solely for
Harris'  account  and shall not be shared by the other  Banks.  Any such  amount
shall be promptly  remitted to the Banks when and as received by Harris from the
Borrower.

         Section  1.8.  The  Collateral.  The  Revolving  Notes  and  the  other
obligations  of the Borrower  hereunder  and under the Loan  Documents  shall be
secured  by valid  and  perfected  first  liens on the  inventory  and  accounts
receivable  of the Borrower and the  Guarantors,  in each  instance  whether now
owned  or  existing  or  hereafter   acquired  or  arising   (collectively   the
"Collateral")  and the  Borrower  agrees  that it  will,  and  will  cause  each
Guarantor  to, from time to time at the request of the Agent or any Bank execute
and deliver such documents and do such acts and things as the Agent or such Bank
may reasonably request in order to provide for or perfect such liens.


SECTION 2.           FEES, PREPAYMENTS AND TERMINATIONS.

         Section 2.1.  Commitment  Fees.  For the period from the date hereof to
and including the Termination  Date, or such earlier date on which the Revolving
Credit is terminated in whole pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, the Borrower shall
pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks a  commitment  fee with respect to
the Revolving  Credit at the rate per annum  (computed on the basis of a year of
360 days for the actual number of days elapsed) equal to the Applicable  Margin,
of the average daily unused amount of the Banks'  Revolving  Credit  Commitments
hereunder in effect from time to time, all such fees to be payable  quarterly in
arrears on the last day of each  calendar  quarter  commencing  on September 30,
1998,  unless the Revolving Credit is terminated in whole on an earlier date, in
which event the  commitment  fees for the final period shall be paid on the date
of such earlier termination in whole.

         Section 2.2.  Other Fees.

         (a) Agent's Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to  and for the  sole account
of the Agent such fees as the  Borrower  and the Agent may agree upon in writing
from time to time.  Such fees shall be in  addition  to any fees and charges the
Agent may be entitled to receive under the other Loan Documents.

         (b) Closing Fee.  The  Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for the ratable
account  of the Banks a closing  fee in an amount  equal to 0.20% of the  Banks'
Revolving Credit  Commitments as in effect on the date hereof.  All such closing
fees  payable  pursuant to this  Section  2.2(b) shall be payable on the date of
this Agreement and shall be non-refundable.

         Section 2.3.  Optional  Prepayments.  (a) The  Borrower  shall have the
privilege of prepaying  without  premium or penalty and in whole or in part (but
if in part,  then in a minimum  principal  amount of  $100,000  or such  greater
amount which is an integral  multiple of $100,000)  any Domestic Rate Loan under
the Revolving  Credit at any time upon prior telex or  telephonic  notice to the
Agent on or before  12:00 Noon on the same  Business  Day.  Except as  otherwise
provided in Section  2.3(b)  hereof,  the Borrower may not prepay any Eurodollar
Loan under the Revolving Credit.

         (b) The Borrower may prepay any Eurodollar Loans upon telephonic notice
(which shall be promptly confirmed in writing by facsimile communication,  telex
or  telegraph)  by no later than 11:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) on the date of such
prepayment  from the Borrower to the Agent,  such  prepayment  to be made by the
payment of the principal  amount to be prepaid and accrued  interest thereon and
any  compensation  required  by Section  9.4 hereof,  if  applicable;  provided,
however, that any such prepayment shall be in a principal amount of no less than
$250,000 or such greater amount which is an integral  multiple of $100,000,  and
after giving effect to any such prepayment the outstanding  principal  amount of
such  Eurodollar  Loans  prepaid in part shall not be less than $250,000 or such
greater amount which is an integral multiple of $100,000.

         (c) Any amount prepaid under the Revolving  Credit may,  subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, be borrowed, repaid and borrowed again.

         Section 2.4. Mandatory  Prepayments-Borrowing  Base. The Borrower shall
not  permit  the sum of the  principal  amount  of all  Loans  plus  the  amount
available for drawing under the L/Cs and the aggregate  principal  amount of all
unpaid Reimbursement Obligations at any time outstanding to exceed the lesser of
(i) the  Banks'  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  or (ii) the  Borrowing  Base as
determined  on the  basis of the most  recent  Borrowing  Base  Certificate.  In
addition to the  Borrower's  obligations  to pay any  outstanding  Reimbursement
Obligations  as set forth in Section 1.5  hereof,  the  Borrower  will make such
payments  on any  outstanding  Loans  and  Reimbursement  Obligations  which are
necessary  to cure  any  such  excess  within  three  Business  Days  after  the
occurrence  thereof  without  any notice or demand  from the Agent or any of the
Banks,  all of which are  expressly  waived by the  Borrower.  Any amount repaid
under the  Revolving  Credit may,  subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement, be borrowed, repaid and borrowed again.

         Section 2.5.  Terminations.  The  Borrower  shall have the right at any
time upon 5 Business  Days' prior notice to the Banks to terminate the Revolving
Credit  Commitments  in whole or in part (but if in part in a minimum  amount of
$5,000,000  or any  integral  multiple  thereof);  provided,  however,  that the
Borrower may not terminate any portion of the Revolving Credit  Commitments that
is in use in the form of Revolving  Credit Loans,  Reimbursement  Obligations or
L/Cs.

         Section 2.6.  Capital  Adequacy.  If, after the date of this Agreement,
any Bank or the Agent  shall have  determined  in good  faith that the  adoption
after such date of any  applicable  law,  rule or regulation  regarding  capital
adequacy, or any change therein (including,  without limitation, any revision in
the Final Risk-Based Capital Guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (12 CFR Part 208,  Appendix A; 12 CFR Part 225, Appendix A) or of
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (12 CFR Part 3, Appendix A), or in
any  other  applicable  capital  rules  heretofore  adopted  and  issued  by any
governmental  authority),  or any change in the interpretation or administration
thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or
its Lending  Office) with any request or directive  regarding  capital  adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,  central bank or
comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on such Bank's capital,  or on the capital of any corporation  controlling  such
Bank, in each case as a consequence  of its  obligations  hereunder,  to a level
below that which such Bank would have achieved but for such adoption,  change or
compliance  (taking  into  consideration  such Bank's  policies  with respect to
capital  adequacy) by an amount  deemed by such Bank to be  material,  then from
time to time,  within thirty (30) days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to
the  Agent),  the  Borrower  shall pay to such Bank  such  additional  amount or
amounts as will compensate such Bank for such reduction.


SECTION 3.           PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.

         All payments of principal  and interest made by the Borrower in respect
of the Revolving Notes and Reimbursement Obligations and all fees payable by the
Borrower hereunder,  shall be made to the Agent at its office at 111 West Monroe
Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60690 and in immediately  available funds,  prior to
12:00 noon on the date of such payment.  All such payments shall be made without
setoff or  counterclaim  and without  reduction  for, and free from, any and all
present  and  future  levies,   imposts,   duties,  fees,  charges,   deductions
withholdings, restrictions or conditions of any nature imposed by any government
or any political  subdivision or taxing authority thereof. Any payments received
after 12:00 noon Chicago time (or after the time the Banks may otherwise direct)
shall be deemed received upon the following  Business Day. The Agent shall remit
to each Bank its  proportionate  share of each payment of  principal,  interest,
commitment fees and L/C fees received by the Agent by 12:00 noon Chicago time on
the same day of its receipt  and its  proportionate  share of each such  payment
received  by the  Agent  after  12:00  noon  Chicago  time on the  Business  Day
following  its  receipt by the Agent.  In the event the Agent does not remit any
amount to any Bank when required by the preceding sentence,  the Agent shall pay
to such Bank interest on such amount until paid at a rate per annum equal to the
Fed Funds Rate. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to automatically  debit
its accounts with Harris for any principal, interest and fees when due under the
Revolving Notes, the L/C Agreements or this Agreement and to transfer the amount
so debited from such account to the Agent for  application  as herein  provided.
All  proceeds  of  Collateral  shall be applied in the manner  specified  in the
applicable Security Documents.


SECTION 4.           DEFINITIONS.

         Section 4.1.  Certain Terms Defined.  The terms  hereinafter  set forth
when used herein shall have the following meanings:

         "Account Debtor"  shall  mean  the  person  who  is  obligated  on  a
Receivable.

         "PMAC  Acquisition"  shall  mean the  acquisition  by the  Borrower  of
certain  assets  comprising the "Cold Draw  Department"  of PMAC,  Ltd., a Texas
limited partnership, pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

         "Acquisition   Documents"   shall  mean  that  certain  Asset  Purchase
Agreement  dated as of August 17, 1998 between the  Borrower and PMAC,  Ltd. and
all other agreements executed in connection therewith.

         "Adjusted  Eurodollar  Rate"  shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in 
Section 1.3(b) hereof.

         "Affiliate"  shall mean any person,  company or business  entity  under
common control or having  shareholders owning at least ten percent (10%) of each
thereof,  whether  such  common  control  be  direct  or  indirect.  All  of the
Borrower's officers, directors, joint venturers, Subsidiaries and partners shall
be deemed to be the Borrower's Affiliates for purposes of this Agreement.

         "Agent" is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

         "Agreement"  shall mean this Secured Credit  Agreement as  supplemented
and amended from time to time.

         "Applicable Margin" shall have the meaning specified in  Section 1.3(d)
hereof.

         "Authorized  Representatives"  shall mean Gregg Eisenberg, Barry Pearl,
Pam Boone,  Mary Hulsey,  Karen Thiel, and Delene Rice.

         "Bank" and  "Banks"  shall  have the  meanings  specified  in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

         "Bill and Hold" shall mean unpaid  Receivables  resulting from the sale
of Inventory  which has not yet been delivered to, and is not yet in the process
of being delivered to, the Account Debtor on such Receivables.

         "Borrower" is defined in the first paragraph hereof.

         "Borrowing  Base",  as  determined  on the  basis  of  the  information
contained in the most recent  Borrowing Base  Certificate,  shall mean an amount
equal to:

             (a) 85% of the amount of Eligible Receivables of the Borrower, plus

             (b) 55% of the Value of Eligible Bill and Hold Receivables, plus

             (c) 55% of the Value of Eligible  Inventory of the Borrower,
                 provided that in no event shall such amount exceed an amount
                 equal to 60% of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans,
                 Reimbursement  Obligations and L/Cs  outstanding  under this
                 Agreement at any time.

         "Borrowing Base Certificate"  shall mean the certificate in the form of
Exhibit D hereto which is required to be  delivered  to the Banks in  accordance
with Sections 1.6(a) and 7.4(c) hereof.

         "Business  Day" shall mean any day except  Saturday  or Sunday on which
banks  are  open for  business  in  Chicago,  Illinois,  and,  with  respect  to
Eurodollar  Loans,  dealing in United States Dollar deposits in London,  England
and Nassau, Bahamas.

         "Capitalized  Lease"  shall mean any lease or  obligation  for  rentals
which is required  to be  capitalized  on a  consolidated  balance  sheet of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

         "Capitalized  Lease Obligation" shall mean the present discounted value
of  the  rental   obligations  under  any  Capitalized  Lease  determined  on  a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

         "CERCLA"   shall  mean  the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time.

         "Change in Law" shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.3 hereof.

         "Collateral"  shall mean the collateral  security provided to the Agent
for the benefit of the Banks pursuant to the Security Documents.

         "Commitment Percentage" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1
hereof.

         "Consolidated  EBITDA"  shall  mean,  with  reference  to  any  period,
Consolidated Net Income for such period plus all amounts deducted in arriving at
such  Consolidated  Net Income  amount in respect of (a)  Consolidated  Interest
Expense for such period, plus (b) foreign, federal, state and local income taxes
for such period, plus (c) all amounts properly charged for depreciation of fixed
assets and amortization of intangible  assets during such period on the books of
the Company and its Subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated  Interest  Expense"  shall mean,  with  reference  to any
period, the sum of all interest charges (including imputed interest charges with
respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations,  all amortization of debt discount and
expense),  of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period  determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles
consistently applied.

         "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean the net income of the Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries,  all as determined  and computed on a  consolidated  basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

         "Consolidated Stockholders' Equity" shall mean the stockholders' equity
of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  determined  on a  consolidated  basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

         "Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth"  shall mean the sum of all  capital
stock,  preferred stock,  capital in excess of par value and retained  earnings,
less the amount of goodwill and all other Intangible Assets and Deferred Charges
(other  than  Deferred  Charges  for  income  taxes)  of the  Borrower  and  the
Subsidiaries,  determined on a consolidated  basis in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

         "Debt"  of any  Person  shall  mean as of any  time  the  same is to be
determined,  the aggregate of (i) all liabilities,  reserves and any other items
which would be classified  as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  (ii) all guaranties,  endorsements
(other than any liability arising out of the endorsement of items for deposit or
collection in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent  obligations
in respect of, or any obligations to purchase or otherwise acquire, indebtedness
of others, (iii) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters
of credit and  banker's  acceptances,  (iv) the  aggregate  amount of rentals or
other  consideration  payable under all leases and other agreements for the use,
acquisition  or  retention  of real or  personal  property of a nature such that
payments due thereunder may under generally  accepted  accounting  principles in
effect on the date hereof be included in a balance sheet of the lessee,  and (v)
all indebtedness and liabilities secured by any lien or any security interest on
any  Property  or  assets  of such  person,  whether  or not the  same  would be
classified  as a  liability  on a  balance  sheet,  but  excluding  all  general
contingency  reserves  and reserves  for  deferred  income taxes and  investment
credit, and with respect to Debt of the Borrower, all computed and determined on
a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the elimination
of  intercompany  items  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles  consistent  with those used in the  preparation  of the audit report
referred to in Section 5.2 hereof.

         "Deferred  Charges"  shall  mean all  items  which  are  classified  as
deferred  charges in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
consistently applied, on a basis consistent with the principles reflected in the
financial statements referred to in Section 5.2 hereof.

         "Domestic  Rate"  means for any day the rate of interest  announced  by
Harris  from  time to time as its prime  commercial  rate in effect on such day,
with any  change in the  Domestic  Rate  resulting  from a change in said  prime
commercial  rate to be effective  as of the date of the relevant  change in said
prime  commercial rate (the "Harris Prime Rate"),  provided that if the rate per
annum  determined by adding 0.5% to the rate at which Harris would offer to sell
federal funds in the interbank  market on or about 10:00 a.m.  (Chicago time) on
any day (the  "Adjusted  Fed Funds  Rate") shall be higher than the Harris Prime
Rate on such day,  the  Domestic  Rate for such day and for any  succeeding  day
which  is not a  Business  Day  shall  be such  Adjusted  Fed  Funds  Rate.  The
determination  of the  Adjusted  Fed  Funds  Rate by  Harris  shall be final and
conclusive provided Harris has acted in good faith in connection therewith.

         "Domestic Rate Loan" means a Revolving Credit Loan which bears interest
as provided in Section 1.3(a) hereof.

         "Eligible  Bill  and  Hold  Receivables"   shall  mean  Bill  and  Hold
Receivables which would otherwise be Eligible Receivables had the Inventory from
which they arose been delivered to, or been in the process of being delivered to
the Account Debtor on such Receivables.

         "Eligible  Inventory"  shall mean any Inventory of the Borrower and the
Guarantors in which the Agent has a first priority  perfected  security interest
which the Banks in their reasonable judgment deem to be acceptable for inclusion
in  the  Borrowing   Base,  and  which  complies  with  each  of  the  following
requirements:

                   (a) It  consists  of any  material in the form of raw pipe or
         tube and finished drawn over mandrill pipe or tube,  which are in first
         class condition and are suitable for sale in the ordinary course of the
         Borrower's business or coil steel or couplings which are in first-class
         condition,  are in the form in which they were when originally acquired
         by the Borrower or applicable Guarantor and are suitable for use in the
         production of Borrower's or such Guarantor's finished goods Inventory;

                   (b) It  substantially  conforms  to the  Borrower's  or  such
         Guarantor's  advertised  or  represented   specifications,   applicable
         government  standards and regulations  and other quality  standards and
         has not been  determined  by the Banks to be  unacceptable  due to age,
         type, variety, quality, quantity, or location;

                   (c) All warranties of the Borrower or applicable Guarantor in
         the Loan Documents are true and correct with respect thereto;

                   (d) It is owned by the Borrower or applicable Guarantor;

                   (e) It  has  been  identified to  the  Agent  in  the  manner
         prescribed by the Banks pursuant to the Security Documents;

                   (f) It is either (i) located at a location  disclosed  to and
         approved by the Agent and the Banks,  and if  requested by the Agent or
         any Bank,  any Person (other than the Borrower)  owning or  controlling
         such location shall have waived all right, title and interest in and to
         such Inventory in a manner  satisfactory  to the Agent and such Bank or
         (ii) in  transit  between  any two such  locations  and has not been in
         transit  for more than (A) four days if it has been  shipped  by truck,
         (B)  fourteen  days if it has been shipped by rail or (C) 30 days if it
         has been shipped by barge; and

                   (g) If it is evidenced by a negotiable  warehouse  receipt or
         other negotiable  document of title,  such receipt or document of title
         has been  endorsed  in blank or to the  order of the Agent and has been
         delivered to the Agent or its trustee or bailee.

         "Eligible Receivables" shall mean any Receivable of the Borrower or any
Guarantor in which the Agent has a first priority  perfected  security  interest
which the Banks in their reasonable judgment deem to be acceptable for inclusion
in  the  Borrowing   Base,  and  which  complies  with  each  of  the  following
requirements:

                   (a) It arises out of a bona fide sale of Inventory  which has
         been  delivered  to, or is in the  process  of being  delivered  to the
         Account Debtor on said  Receivable in the ordinary course of Borrower's
         or such  Guarantor's  business,  in the  case  of  payment  terms,  and
         otherwise in the ordinary course of business on ordinary trade terms;

                   (b) All warranties  of the Borrower or such  Guarantor in the
         Loan Documents are true and correct with respect thereto;

                   (c) It has  been  identified  to  the  Banks  in  the  manner
         required by the Banks;

                   (d) It is evidenced  by an invoice  dated  not later than the
         date of shipment to the Account Debtor thereunder;

                   (e) It has not remained  unpaid in whole or in part more than
         90 days  from and  after  its due date or more  than 120 days  from and
         after its invoice date;

                   (f) It is net  of  any  credit  or  allowance  given  by  the
         Borrower or such Guarantor to such Account Debtor;

                   (g) It is not owing by an  Account  Debtor who (i) has become
         insolvent,  (ii)  is  the  subject  of  any  bankruptcy,   arrangement,
         reorganization  proceedings or other  proceedings for relief of debtors
         or (iii) has admitted its  inability to pay its debts  generally or has
         stopped paying its debts generally;

                   (h) If the  Account  Debtor is also a supplier to or creditor
         of the  Borrower or a Guarantor,  then either (i) that  Account  Debtor
         shall have  entered  into an  agreement  with or for the benefit of the
         Banks  with  respect  to the  waiver  of  rights  of  setoff  which  is
         acceptable to the Banks or (ii) 120% of the amount owed at such time by
         the Borrower or the  applicable  Guarantor to that Account Debtor shall
         be subtracted from the amount of the Receivable;

                   (i) The Account Debtor is not principally located outside the
         continental  United States unless (A) such  Receivable is secured by an
         irrevocable  letter of  credit  issued by a  commercial  Bank  which is
         acceptable  to the Banks or the Banks are  satisfied  that all  filings
         have  been  made and  actions  taken as are  required  by the  Banks in
         connection therewith as a result of the location of such Account Debtor
         or (B) the Account Debtor thereon is principally  located in Canada and
         either (i) the  Administrative  Agent shall have made such  filings and
         taken such other  action as may be  necessary  for it to obtain a first
         priority  security  interest  therein  under  applicable  Canadian  law
         without  regard to any filings made in any State of the United  States,
         or (ii) the  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  an opinion of
         Canadian   counsel   satisfactory   in  form  and   substance   to  the
         Administrative  Agent to the  effect  that the  Administrative  Agent's
         security  interest in such  Receivables  is  perfected  by filings made
         under the applicable state's version of the Uniform Commercial Code;

                   (j) It is not owing by the  United  States of  America or any
         department,  agency or  instrumentality  thereof unless the Banks shall
         have received evidence satisfactory to the Banks of compliance with the
         Assignment of Claims Act;

                   (k) Such  Receivable   is   not  subject   to  any   dispute,
         counterclaim or defense asserted by the Account Debtor thereunder;

                   (l) The Account Debtor has not failed to pay within the times
         specified in  subsection  (e) above 50% or more in aggregate  amount of
         all its Receivables on which it is the Account Debtor;

                   (m) The Account Debtor is not an Affiliate of the Borrower or
         any Guarantor;

                   (n) The Receivable does not arise from a "sale or return," or
         a "sale  on  approval"  of  Inventory  or a  "Bill  and  Hold"  sale of
         Inventory; and

                   (o) If the  Account  Debtor  is  located  in the State of New
         Jersey or the State of Minnesota,  Borrower or the applicable Guarantor
         (i) has filed and has  effective  (A) in  respect  of  Account  Debtors
         located in the State of New  Jersey,  a Notice of  Business  Activities
         Report with the New Jersey  Division of Taxation  for the then  current
         year or (B) in  respect  of  Account  Debtors  located  in the State of
         Minnesota,  a Minnesota  Business  Activity  Report with the  Minnesota
         Department of Revenue for the then current year, as applicable, or (ii)
         is otherwise exempt from such reporting  requirements under the laws of
         such State(s).

         "Environmental Laws" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a)
hereof.

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended.

         "Eurodollar Loan" means a Revolving Credit Loan which bears interest as
provided in Section 1.3(b) hereof.

         "Eurodollar Rate" shall  have  the  meaning specified in Section 1.3(b)
hereof.

         "Event of Default" shall mean any event or condition identified as such
in Section 8.1 hereof.

         "Executive  Officer"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary,  any of the  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial
Officer or any Vice President of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

         "Existing Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.1(d)
hereof.

         "Existing Lender" shall  have  the  meaning specified in Section 1.1(d)
hereof.

         "Exposure" shall mean, as to any Bank, the sum (without duplication) of
such Bank's (a) unused  Revolving  Credit  Commitment,  if any, (b)  outstanding
Revolving  Credit  Loans,  if any,  (c)  interest in  outstanding  Reimbursement
Obligations,  if any,  and (d) the amount of its  participation  in  outstanding
L/Cs.

         "Fed Funds Rate" shall  have  the  meaning  specified in Section 1.6(c)
hereof.

         "Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio" shall mean, for any period for which the
same is to be  determined,  the ratio for such period of (a)  "Consolidated  Net
Income  Available for Fixed  Charges",  defined as earnings  before interest and
taxes plus  depreciation  and  amortization  plus  operating  and capital  lease
expenses less capital  expenditures,  all determined on a consolidated basis for
the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles,  consistently applied, to (b) "Fixed Charges", defined as
interest expense plus operating and capital lease expense plus current scheduled
maturities  of all  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money other than the  Revolving
Credit Loans,  all determined on a  consolidated  basis for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
consistently applied.

         "Funded  Debt" of any Person shall mean all  indebtedness  for borrowed
money of such  Person,  whether  classified  as long-term  or  short-term  under
generally accepted accounting principles.

         "Generally  accepted   accounting   principles"  shall  mean  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  consistently  applied and consistent  with the
audited consolidated financial statements described in Section 5.2 hereof.

         "Guarantors"  shall  mean  Maverick  Tube,  L.P.,  a  Delaware  limited
partnership,  and Maverick Investment Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  and
"Guarantor" shall mean any of the Guarantors.

         "Harris" shall have the meaning specified  in  the  first  paragraph of
this Agreement.

         "Intangible  Assets"  shall  mean  amortizable  loan  costs,   business
acquisition  costs,  license  agreements,   trademarks,  trade  names,  patents,
capitalized research and development,  proprietary products (the results of past
research  and  development  treated  as  long  term  assets  and  excluded  from
Inventory),  goodwill  and  all  other  assets  which  would  be  classified  as
intangible  assets  (all  determined  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles consistently applied).

         "Interest Period" shall  have  the  meaning specified in Section 1.3(b)
hereof.

         "Inventory"  shall mean all raw  materials,  work in process,  finished
goods,  and goods held for sale or lease or furnished  or to be furnished  under
contracts  of  service  in  which  the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  now has or
hereafter acquires any right.

         "L/C" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 hereof.

         "L/C Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 hereof.

         "Loan" shall mean a Revolving  Credit Loan and the term  "Loans"  shall
mean any two or more Revolving Credit Loans collectively.

         "Loan  Documents"  shall mean this  Agreement  and any and all exhibits
hereto, the Revolving Notes, the L/C Agreements, the Subsidiary Guaranty and, if
applicable, the Security Documents.

         "Person" shall mean and include any  individual,  sole  proprietorship,
partnership,  joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,
corporation,   institution,  entity,  party  or  government  (whether  national,
federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal,  or otherwise,  including,  without
limitation, any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

         "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

         "Plan"  shall mean any employee  benefit plan  covering any officers or
employees of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  any benefits of which are, or are
required to be, guaranteed by the PBGC.

         "Potential  Default" shall mean any event or condition which,  with the
lapse of time,  or giving  of  notice,  or both,  would  constitute  an Event of
Default.

         "Property"   shall  mean  all  assets  and  properties  of  any  nature
whatsoever, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible,  including without
limitation intellectual property.

         "Receivables"  shall mean all accounts,  contract rights,  instruments,
documents,  chattel paper and general  intangibles  in which the Borrower or any
Subsidiary now has or hereafter acquires any right.

         "Reimbursement Obligation" has  the  meaning  specified  in Section 1.5
hereof.

         "Rentals" shall mean and include all fixed rents (including as such all
payments  which the lessee is obligated to make to the lessor on  termination of
the lease or surrender of the property) payable by the Borrower or a Subsidiary,
as lessee or sublessee under a lease of real or personal property,  but shall be
exclusive  of any amounts  required to be paid by the  Borrower or a  Subsidiary
(whether  or not  designated  as  rents  or  additional  rents)  on  account  of
maintenance,  repairs,  insurance,  taxes and similar charges. Fixed rents under
any so-called  "percentage  leases" shall be computed solely on the basis of the
minimum  rents,  if any,  required to be paid by the lessee  regardless of sales
volume or gross revenues.  Capitalized  Lease Obligations shall be excluded from
the definition of Rentals for all purposes  hereunder  other than the use of the
term "rentals" in the  definitions of Capitalized  Lease and  Capitalized  Lease
Obligations.

         "Required  Banks"  shall mean any Bank or Banks which in the  aggregate
hold  66-2/3%  of the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  balance  of the  Loans  and
Reimbursement  Obligations  or,  if no Loans or  Reimbursement  Obligations  are
outstanding hereunder,  any Bank or Banks in the aggregate having 66-2/3% of the
Revolving Credit Commitments.

         "Reserve Percentage" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.3(b)
hereof.

         "Restricted Payments" shall  have the meaning specified in Section 7.15
hereof.

         "Revolving  Credit"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in the  first
paragraph of this Agreement.

         "Revolving Credit Commitment" and "Revolving Credit  Commitments" shall
have the meanings specified in Section 1.1(b) hereof.

         "Revolving  Credit Loan" and  "Revolving  Credit  Loans" shall have the
meanings specified in Section 1.1(a) hereof.

         "Revolving Note" or "Revolving Notes" shall have the meanings specified
in Section 1.2 hereof.

         "Security  Agreement"  shall mean the Security  Agreement Re:  Accounts
Receivable, Inventory and General Intangibles of the Borrower and the Guarantors
in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

         "Security  Documents"  shall mean the Security  Agreement and any other
agreements and financing  statements now or hereafter  executed and delivered by
the Borrower in respect of the Collateral.

         "Subsidiary"  shall  mean any  corporation  or other  entity at least a
majority of the outstanding  voting stock of which is at the time owned directly
or indirectly by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

         "Subsidiary  Guaranty"  shall mean the Guaranty  Agreement of even date
herewith from the Guarantors to the Banks, as the same may be  supplemented  and
amended from time to time.

         "Termination Date" shall  have  the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a)
hereof.

         "Total  Capitalization"  shall  mean  the sum of (a)  the  Consolidated
Stockholders' Equity, plus (b) Consolidated Funded Debt.

         "Total  Consolidated  Funded  Debt"  shall  mean  with  respect  to the
Borrower all Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis eliminating intercompany items.

         "Total  Funded Debt Ratio" shall mean, as of any date the same is to be
determined,  the ratio of (a) the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the
Total Consolidated  Funded Debt as of such date, to (b) the Consolidated  EBITDA
for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended.

         "Year 2000 Problem" means any significant risk that computer  hardware,
software,  or equipment containing embedded microchips essential to the business
or operations of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  will not, in the case
of dates or time periods occurring after December 31, 1999, function at least as
efficiently  and  reliably  as in the case of times  or time  periods  occurring
before January 1, 2000, including the making of accurate leap year calculations.

         Section 4.2.  Interpretation.  Capitalized  terms defined  elsewhere in
this Agreement shall, unless otherwise specified,  have the meanings so ascribed
to them in all  provisions  of this  Agreement.  The foregoing  definitions  are
equally  applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms  defined.
All  references to time of day herein are  references to Chicago,  Illinois time
unless  otherwise  specifically  provided.  Where the character or amount of any
asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be  determined or
any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the
purposes  of this  Agreement,  it shall  be done in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  except where such principles are  inconsistent
with the specific provisions of this Agreement.


SECTION 5.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks as follows:

         Section  5.1.  Organization  and  Qualification.  The  Borrower is duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has full
and adequate corporate power to carry on its business as now conducted,  is duly
licensed or qualified in all jurisdictions  wherein the nature of its activities
requires  such  licensing  or  qualifying,  except  where the  failure  to be so
licensed or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the condition,
financial or otherwise,  of the Borrower, has full right, power and authority to
make the  PMAC  Acquisition,  to enter  into  the  Acquisition  Documents,  this
Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents  to which it is a party,  to make the
borrowings  herein  provided for and encumber its assets as collateral  security
therefor,  to execute and issue the Revolving Notes in evidence thereof,  and to
perform each and all of the matters and things herein and therein  provided for;
and this  Agreement  does not, nor does the  performance  or  observance  by the
Borrower of any of the matters or things  provided  for in this  Agreement,  the
other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents,  contravene any provision of
law or any charter or by-law  provision or any covenant,  indenture or agreement
of or judgment,  order or decree  applicable to or affecting the Borrower or any
of its Property.

         Section 5.2. Financial Reports.  The Borrower  heretofore has delivered
to each Bank a copy of the annual audit report as of September  30, 1997, of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and unaudited financial statements of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries as of, and for the nine month period ending June 30, 1998.
Such  financial  statements  have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles (except that such unaudited financial statements
may omit any  footnotes),  on a basis  consistent,  except  as  otherwise  noted
therein,  with that of the previous fiscal year or period and fairly reflect the
financial  position of the Borrower as of the dates thereof,  and the results of
its operations  for the periods  covered  thereby.  To the best knowledge of the
Executive  Officers of the  Borrower and each  Subsidiary,  the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  have  no  significant   contingent   liabilities   (determined  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently applied)
other than as  indicated  on said  financial  statements  and since said date of
September  30,  1997,  has been no  material  adverse  change in the  condition,
financial  or  otherwise,  of the  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary,  except  those
disclosed in writing to the Banks prior to the date of this Agreement.

         Section  5.3.  Litigation;   Tax  Returns;   Approvals.   There  is  no
litigation,  labor controversy or governmental  proceeding  pending,  nor to the
best  knowledge of the  Executive  Officers of the Borrower and each  Subsidiary
threatened, against the Borrower or any Subsidiary which if adversely determined
would  result in any  material  adverse  change in the  properties,  business or
operations of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary.  All United States federal income
tax returns for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be filed have been
filed on a timely  basis,  and all amounts  required to be paid as shown by said
returns have been paid.  Except as disclosed in the letter  referred to above in
this  Section  5.3,  there  are no  pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of the
Executive Officers of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, threatened objections to
or  controversies  in respect of the United States federal income tax returns of
the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  for any  fiscal  year.  No  authorization,
consent,  license,  exemption  or  filing  or  registration  with  any  court or
governmental department,  agency or instrumentality,  is or will be necessary to
the  valid  execution,  delivery  or  performance  by the  Borrower  of the Loan
Documents or the Acquisition Documents to which it is a party.

         Section 5.4.  Regulation U. Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary is
engaged in the business of  extending  credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or
carrying  margin  stock  (within  the  meaning of  Regulation  U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan
or other  extension  of credit  hereunder  will be used to purchase or carry any
margin stock or to extend credit to others for such a purpose.

         Section 5.5. No Default. The Borrower is in full compliance with all of
the terms and conditions  of the Loan Documents,  and  no  Potential  Default or
Event of Default is existing under this Agreement.

         Section 5.6. ERISA. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance
in all material  respects with ERISA to the extent  applicable to it and neither
the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received any notice to the contrary from the
PBGC or any other  governmental  entity or  agency.  No steps have been taken to
terminate any Plan, and no contribution failure has occurred with respect to any
Plan  sufficient  to give rise to a lien  under  Section  302(f)  of  ERISA.  No
condition  exists or event or transaction  has occurred with respect to any Plan
which might result in the  incurrence  by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary of any
material liability, fine or penalty. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has
any  contingent  liability with respect to any  post-retirement  benefit under a
Plan,  other than  liability for  continuation  coverage  described in Part 6 of
Title I of ERISA.

         Section 5.7.  Environmental  Law. (a) Except as disclosed on Exhibit J,
no Executive  Officer of the Borrower nor any Executive  Officer of a Subsidiary
has received any notice to the effect,  or has any knowledge,  that its Property
or operations are not in compliance  with any of the  requirements of applicable
federal,  state  and  local  environmental,   health  and  safety  statutes  and
regulations  ("Environmental  Laws") or are the  subject of any federal or state
investigation  evaluating  whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a
release of any  hazardous  substances  as  defined  in the  CERCLA or  petroleum
products  or  crude  oil  or  any  fraction  thereof  (collectively   "Hazardous
Substances") into the environment, which non-compliance or remedial action could
have a material adverse effect on the business, operations,  Property, assets or
conditions (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

         (b) there have been no releases of Hazardous Substances at, on or under
any  Property  now or  previously  owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  that,  singly or in the  aggregate,  have,  or may  reasonably  be
expected  to  have,  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  financial  condition,
operations,  assets,  business,  Properties or prospects of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries;

         (c) there  are no  underground  storage  tanks,  active  or  abandoned,
including  petroleum  storage tanks,  on or under any Property now or previously
owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  that,  singly or in
the aggregate,  have, or may reasonably be expected to have, a material  adverse
effect on the financial condition,  operations,  assets, business, Properties or
prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

         (d) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  has directly  transported,
or received any notice or has any knowledge that they have directly arranged for
the transportation of, any Hazardous  Substances to any location which is listed
or proposed for listing on the National  Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA,  on
the  CERCLIS or on any  similar  state list or which is the  subject of federal,
state or local  enforcement  actions or other  investigations  which may lead to
material claims against the Borrower or such Subsidiary thereof for any remedial
work,  damage to natural  resources or personal  injury,  including claims under
CERCLA; and

         (e)  except as  disclosed  on Exhibit J no  conditions  exist at, on or
under any Property now owned or leased by the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  and
the  Borrower  has no knowledge  that any  conditions  exist at, on or under any
Property  previously  owned or leased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary,  which,
with the  passage of time,  or the giving of notice or both,  would give rise to
liability under any  Environmental Law which may reasonably be expected to have,
a  material  adverse  effect on the  financial  condition,  operations,  assets,
business, Properties or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

         Section 5.8. Security Interests. There are no security interests, liens
or  encumbrances  on  any of the  assets  or  Property  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  except  the  security  interests,  liens and  charges  which are now
existing and are permitted by Section 7.15 of this Agreement.

         Section 5.9.  Subsidiaries.  As of the date hereof, the Borrower's only
Subsidiaries  are identified on Exhibit E hereof.  Each of said  Subsidiaries is
duly  organized and validly  existing  under the laws of the state or country of
its  incorporation,  has  full  and  adequate  corporate  power  to carry on its
business as now  conducted,  is duly licensed or qualified to do business in all
jurisdictions  wherein the nature of its  activities  requires such licensing or
qualification  except when the failure to be so licensed or qualified  would not
have a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, of such
Subsidiary. Each Guarantor has full right, power and authority to enter into the
Subsidiary  Guaranty,  to guaranty the payment of the  Borrower's  indebtedness,
obligations and liabilities to the Agent and the Banks,  and to perform each and
all of the matters and things therein provided for; and the Subsidiary  Guaranty
does not, nor does the  performance or observance by any Guarantor of any of the
matters or things  provided for therein,  contravene any provision of law or any
charter, partnership agreement or by-law provision or any covenant, indenture or
agreement  of or  judgment,  order or  decree  applicable  to or  affecting  any
Guarantor or any of their respective Property.

        Section 5.10. Accurate  Information.  No information,  exhibit or report
furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Banks in connection  with the
negotiation  or  performance  of  the  Loan  Documents   contains  any  material
misstatement  of fact or omits to state a material fact or any fact necessary to
make  the  statements   contained   therein  not  misleading  in  light  of  the
circumstances in which made. The financial projections furnished by the Borrower
to the Banks  contain  reasonable  projections  as of the date  hereof of future
results  of  operations   and  financial   position  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries.

        Section  5.11.   Enforceability.   This  Agreement,  when  executed  and
delivered by the Borrower,  will be a legal,  valid and binding agreement of the
Borrower,  enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be
limited by (i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent  transfer,
moratorium or other similar laws or judicial decisions for the relief of debtors
or the  limitation  of  creditors'  rights  generally;  and (ii)  any  equitable
principles  relating to or limiting  the rights of  creditors  generally  or any
equitable remedy which may be granted to cure any defaults;  and the Acquisition
Documents,  the  Revolving  Notes,  the  other  Loan  Documents  and  any  other
instrument or agreement  required  hereunder  has been so  authorized  and, when
executed and delivered, will be similarly valid, binding and enforceable, except
as may be  limited by (i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent
transfer,  moratorium or other similar laws or judicial decisions for the relief
of  debtors or the  limitation  of  creditors'  rights  generally;  and (ii) any
equitable  principles  relating to or limiting the rights of creditors generally
or any  equitable  remedy  which may be  granted to cure any  defaults;  and the
Subsidiary  Guaranty,  when executed and delivered by each Guarantor,  will be a
legal, valid and binding agreement of such Guarantor,  enforceable against it in
accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as may  be  limited  by  (i)  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent  transfer,  moratorium or other similar
laws or  judicial  decisions  for the  relief of debtors  or the  limitation  of
creditors' rights generally;  and (ii) any equitable  principles  relating to or
limiting the rights of creditors  generally or any equitable remedy which may be
granted to cure any defaults.

        Section 5.12.  Year 2000  Compliance.  The Borrower is in the process of
conducting a comprehensive review and assessment of the computer applications of
the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  and is in the process of making  inquiry of
their material  suppliers,  vendors  (including data  processors) and customers,
with respect to any defect in computer software, data bases, hardware,  controls
and  peripherals  related to the  occurrence  of the year 2000 or the use at any
time of any date which is before,  on and after December 31, 1999, in connection
therewith.  Based on the foregoing review,  assessment and inquiry, the Borrower
believes  that no such defect  could  reasonably  be expected to have a material
adverse  effect on the business or financial  affairs of the Borrower (or of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken on a consolidated basis).


SECTION 6.           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

         The  obligation  of the  Banks to make any Loan  pursuant  hereto or to
issue any L/C shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

         Section 6.1. General.  The  Agent  shall  have  received  the notice of
borrowings and request for any L/C hereinabove provided for.

         Section 6.2.  Initial  Extension  of  Credit.  Prior  to  the  initial 
extension  hereunder,  the  following  conditions  precedent  shall  have  been
satisfied:

         (a) the Borrower  shall have provided a Borrowing  Base  Certificate to
the Agent, and shall have delivered to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks in
sufficient counterparts for distribution to the Banks:

                   (a) the Revolving Notes;

                   (b) the fully executed Subsidiary Guaranty;

                   (c) the fully executed  Security Agreement and such financing
         statements relating thereto as the Agent may request;

                   (d) evidence of insurance  required by Section 7.3 hereof and
         by the Security  Documents  showing the Agent as loss payee  thereunder
         pursuant to an endorsement acceptable to the Banks;

                   (e) a good standing  certificate  or certificate of existence
         for the  Borrower  and each  Guarantor  dated as of the date no earlier
         than September 9, 1998 from the office of the secretary of state of the
         states of their respective organization;

                   (f) copies of the Certificate of Incorporation or Certificate
         of Limited Partnership,  and all amendments thereto, of each Guarantor,
         certified by the office of the secretary of state of Delaware as of the
         date no earlier than September 9, 1998.

                   (g) copies of the By-Laws or Limited  Partnership  Agreement,
         and all  amendments  thereto,  of each  Guarantor  certified  as  true,
         correct  and  complete  on the date  hereof  by the  Secretary  of each
         Guarantor;

                   (h) copies, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
         of the  Borrower  and each  Guarantor,  of  resolutions  regarding  the
         transactions  contemplated by this Agreement, duly adopted by the Board
         of  Directors of the Borrower  and each  Guarantor,  respectively,  and
         satisfactory in form and substance to all of the Banks;

                   (i) an incumbency  signature  certificate  for  the  Borrower
         and each Guarantor satisfactory in form  and  substance  to  all of the
         Banks;

                   (j)  the  favorable  written  opinions  of  counsel  for  the
         Borrower and the Guarantors in form and substance  satisfactory to each
         of the Banks and their respective legal counsel; and

                   (k) copies,  certified  as true,  complete and correct by the
         Secretary of the Borrower, of the Acquisition Documents.

         (b) all conditions precedent to the PMAC Acquisitions  shall  have been
satisfied;

         (c) the   Acquisition   Documents  shall  be  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to the Banks and their respective legal counsel;

         (d) the Agent shall have received  evidence  satisfactory  to the Banks
that the total  consideration to be paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
connection with the PMAC Acquisition shall not exceed $12,500,000; and

         (e) except as  previously  disclosed  to the Lenders in the  Borrower's
financial  statements  for the period ending July 31, 1998, no material  adverse
change in the financial condition,  operations or Properties of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries shall have occurred since September 30, 1997;

         Section 6.3.  Each  Extension  of Credit.  As of the time of the making
of each Loan and the issuance of the L/C hereunder:

                   (a) each of the  representations  and warranties set forth in
         Section 5 hereof  shall be and remain true and correct as of said time,
         except that the  representations  and warranties made under Section 5.2
         shall  be  deemed  to refer to the  most  recent  financial  statements
         furnished to the Banks pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof;

                   (b) the Borrower shall be in full  compliance with all of the
         terms and  conditions  hereof,  and no  Potential  Default  or Event of
         Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                   (c) after giving effect to the requested  extension of credit
         and to each  Revolving  Credit  Loan  that has  been  made and each L/C
         issued  hereunder,  the  aggregate  principal  amount of all  Revolving
         Credit Loans,  the amount  available for drawing under all L/Cs and the
         aggregate  principal  amount  of  all  Reimbursement  Obligations  then
         outstanding  shall not exceed the Banks' Revolving  Credit  Commitments
         then in effect;

and the request by the Borrower for any Loan or L/C pursuant hereto shall be and
constitute a warranty to the foregoing effects.

         Section 6.4. Legal Matters.  Legal matters  incident  to the  execution
and delivery  of  the  Loan Documents shall be satisfactory to each of the Banks
and their legal counsel.


SECTION 7.           COVENANTS.

         It is  understood  and  agreed  that  so long  as  credit  is in use or
available  under this  Agreement or any amount  remains  unpaid on any Revolving
Note, Reimbursement Obligation or L/C remains outstanding,  except to the extent
compliance in any case or cases is waived in writing by the Required Banks:

         Section 7.1. Maintenance of Property. The Borrower will, and will cause
each Subsidiary to, keep and maintain all of its Properties  necessary or useful
in  its  business  in  good   condition,   and  make  all  necessary   renewals,
replacements,   additions,   betterments  and  improvements  thereto;  provided,
however,  that  nothing  in this  Section  shall  prevent  the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  from  discontinuing  the  operating  and  maintenance  of any of its
properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Borrower, desirable
in the conduct of its business and not  disadvantageous  in any material respect
to the Banks as holders of the Revolving Notes.

         Section 7.2.  Taxes.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary
to, duly pay and discharge all taxes, rates, assessments,  fees and governmental
charges upon or against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or against its Properties
in each case before the same  becomes  delinquent  and before  penalties  accrue
thereon unless and to the extent that the same is being  contested in good faith
and by  appropriate  proceedings  which prevent  enforcement of the matter under
contest and adequate reserves,  determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles  consistently applied, have been established with respect
thereto.

         Section 7.3.  Maintenance  of Insurance.  The Borrower  will,  and will
cause each  Subsidiary  to,  maintain  insurance  with  insurers  recognized  as
financially  sound and reputable by prudent  business  persons in such forms and
amounts and against  such risks as is usually  carried by  companies  engaged in
similar  business and owning  similar  properties  in the same general  areas in
which the Borrower or such Subsidiary operates. The Agent shall be named as loss
payee under any insurance policies which relate to the Collateral.  The Borrower
shall,  at the Agent's or any Bank's  request,  provide  copies to the Agent and
each  Bank  of all  insurance  policies  and  other  materials  related  thereto
maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

         Section 7.4. Financial Reports.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary  to,  maintain  a system  of  accounting  in  accordance  with  sound
accounting  practice  and will  furnish  promptly  to the Banks  and their  duly
authorized   representatives  such  information   respecting  the  business  and
financial  condition of the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  as may from time to
time be requested and, without any request, will furnish each Bank:

                   (a) as soon as  available,  and in any  event  within 45 days
         after the close of each monthly  period of the  Borrower  which is also
         the end of a fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower  and within 30 days after
         the close of each other  monthly  fiscal  period of the  Borrower (i) a
         copy of consolidated  balance sheets and profit and loss statements for
         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (for such monthly period and the year
         to date) for such  period of such  Borrower  and for the  corresponding
         periods of the preceding  fiscal year, and (ii)  consolidating  balance
         sheets  and  profit  and  loss  statements  for the  Borrower  and each
         Subsidiary  for the year to date,  and (iii) in  respect  of each month
         which is also the end of a fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower,  a copy of
         the Borrower's 10-Q for such period, all in reasonable detail, prepared
         by the Borrower and  certified  by the chief  financial  officer of the
         Borrower;

                   (b) as soon as  available,  and in any  event  within 90 days
         after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower,  (i) a copy of the
         audit  report  for such  year and  accompanying  financial  statements,
         including    consolidated    and    consolidating    balance    sheets,
         reconciliations  of change in  stockholders'  equity,  profit  and loss
         statements  and  statements  of cash  flows  for the  Borrower  and its
         Subsidiaries  showing in comparative  form the figures for the previous
         fiscal year of the Borrower,  all in reasonable detail,  accompanied by
         the unqualified  opinion of Ernst & Young or other  independent  public
         accountants of nationally  recognized standing selected by the Borrower
         and satisfactory to each Bank;

                   (c)  within  30 days  after  the  last day of each  month,  a
         Borrowing  Base  Certificate  in the form of Exhibit D hereto,  setting
         forth a  computation  of the  Borrowing  Base as of the last day of the
         period covered  thereby,  certified as correct by the Borrower's  chief
         financial   officer,   and  certifying  that  the  signer  thereof  has
         re-examined  the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents and that to
         the best of his knowledge and belief,  no Potential Default or Event of
         Default  has  occurred  or, if any such  Potential  Default or Event of
         Default has occurred,  setting forth the  description of such Potential
         Default or Event of Default and specifying the action, if any, taken by
         the Borrower to remedy the same;

                   (d)  within  30 days  after the last day of every  month,  an
         accounts  receivable  aging  report in the form of  Exhibit I  attached
         hereto;

                   (e) within 45 days after the last day of every month which is
         also the end of a fiscal  quarter  of the  Borrower  and within 30 days
         after the last day of every other month,  a Compliance  Certificate  in
         the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, prepared and signed by the chief
         financial officer of the Borrower;

                   (f) promptly  upon their  becoming  available,  copies of all
         registration statements and regular periodic reports, if any, which the
         Borrower shall have filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission
         or any  governmental  agency  substituted  therefor,  or  any  national
         securities exchange, including copies of the Borrower's form 10K annual
         report,  including  financial  statements  audited  by Ernst & Young or
         other independent public accountants of nationally  recognized standing
         selected by the Borrower and  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Required
         Banks,  its form 10Q quarterly  report to the  Securities  and Exchange
         Commission  and any Form 8K filed by the Borrower  with the  Securities
         and Exchange Commission; and

                   (g) promptly upon the mailing thereof to the  shareholders of
         the Borrower generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and
         proxy statements so mailed.

         Section  7.5.  Inspection.  The  Borrower  shall,  and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, permit the Banks, by their representatives and agents, to inspect
any of the Properties, corporate books and financial records of the Borrower and
each  Subsidiary,  to examine and make copies of the books of accounts and other
financial  records of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  and to  discuss  the
affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with, and to
be advised as to the same by, its  officers at such times and  intervals  as the
Banks may  request.  So long as no Potential  Default or Event of Default  shall
have occurred and be  continuing,  the Borrower shall pay to the Banks from time
to time upon demand an amount sufficient to compensate the Banks for their fees,
charges and expenses in connection  with two field audits of the  Collateral per
year for the Borrower. During the existence of any Event of Default or Potential
Default, the Banks may perform more than two field audits in each calendar year,
with all fees, charges and expenses of the Banks associated therewith to be paid
by the Borrower.

         Section 7.6.  Consolidation and Merger. The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any  Subsidiary  to,  consolidate  with or merge into any Person,  or
permit any other Person to merge into it, or acquire (in a transaction analogous
in purpose or effect to a consolidation or merger) all or  substantially  all of
the Property or capital stock of any other Person, unless:

                   (a) the Borrower or Subsidiary shall be the surviving  entity
         of any such merger;

                   (b) the Person merging into or being acquired by the Borrower
         or a  Subsidiary  shall be in the same or a related line of business as
         the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries;

                   (c) no  Potential  Default  or  Event of Default  shall exist
         before or after giving effect to such merger; and

                   (d) the aggregate  consideration paid by the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries in all such mergers and  acquisitions  and all investments
         and acquisitions permitted by Sections 7.16(j) and (k) hereof in any 12
         month period, shall not exceed $5,000,000.

;provided,  however, that nothing contained in this Section 7.6 shall operate to
prevent the PMAC Acquisition.

         Section 7.7.  Transactions with Affiliates.  The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction, including without
limitation,  the  purchase,  sale,  lease or  exchange of any  Property,  or the
rendering of any  service,  with any  Affiliate  of the  Borrower  except in the
ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower's
business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or
such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm's-length  transaction
with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower.

         Section 7.8.   Maximum  Total  Funded  Debt Ratio.  The  Borrower  will
not permit its Total Funded Debt Ratio to exceed 3.25 to 1 at any time.

         Section 7.9.    [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

        Section  7.10.  Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth.  The  Borrower  will
maintain  Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth  in an  amount  not  less  than (a)
$70,000,000 at all times from the date hereof through September 30, 1998 and (b)
at all times during each fiscal  quarter of the Borrower  thereafter,  an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the minimum  amount of  Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth
the Borrower was required to maintain  during the immediately  preceding  fiscal
quarter,  plus (ii) 75% of the Borrower's  Consolidated Net Income (but not less
than zero) for such fiscal quarter then ended.

        Section 7.11.  Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit  the
ratio of its Total Consolidated Funded  Debt  to  its  Total  Capitalization  to
exceed 0.5 to 1 at any time.

        Section 7.12.  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The  Borrower  will
not permit its  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  to be less than 1.25 to 1 at any
time.

        Section 7.13. Restricted Payments.  The Borrower will not (a) declare or
pay any dividends on any class of stock,  (b) directly or  indirectly  purchase,
redeem or otherwise  acquire or retire any of its capital stock, or (c) make any
distribution  of any  kind or  character  with  respect  to its  capital  stock;
provided,  however,  in each case no Potential Default or Event of Default shall
then exist or result therefrom the Borrower may pay cash dividends on its common
stock and may  purchase its capital  stock in an  aggregate  amount for all such
dividends  and  purchases in each fiscal year of the Borrower not  exceeding the
lesser of a (a)$6,000,000 and (b) 50% of Borrower's  consolidated net income for
the most recently completed fiscal year.

        Section  7.14.  Liens.  The  Borrower  will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber or subject to or permit to
exist upon or be subjected to any lien,  charge or security interest of any kind
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease
in the nature thereof), on any of its Properties of any kind or character at any
time owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than:

                   (a) liens,  pledges or deposits  for  worker's  compensation,
         unemployment   insurance,   old  age   benefits   or  social   security
         obligations, taxes, assessments, statutory obligations or other similar
         charges, good faith deposits made in connection with tenders, contracts
         or leases to which the  Borrower  or a  Subsidiary  is a party or other
         deposits  required  to be  made in the  ordinary  course  of  business,
         provided  in each case the  obligation  secured is not  overdue  or, if
         overdue,  is being  contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings
         and adequate  reserves have been provided  therefor in accordance  with
         generally accepted accounting principles and that the obligation is not
         for borrowed money,  customer advances,  trade payables, or obligations
         to agricultural producers;

                   (b) the  pledge of assets  for the  purpose  of  securing  an
         appeal or stay or  discharge  in the  course of any legal  proceedings,
         provided that the aggregate  amount of  liabilities of the Borrower and
         all  Subsidiaries  so secured by a pledge of property  permitted  under
         this subsection (b) including interest and penalties  thereon,  if any,
         shall not be in excess of $2,500,000 at any one time outstanding;

                   (c) liens, pledges,  mortgages,  security interests, or other
         charges   granted  to  the  Agent  to  secure  the   Revolving   Notes,
         Reimbursement Obligations, the L/Cs and other amounts payable under the
         Loan Documents;

                   (d) liens,  pledges,  mortgages,  security interests or other
         charges existing on the date hereof and set forth on Exhibit K attached
         hereto;

                   (e) liens, pledges,  mortgages,  security interests and other
         encumbrances  on Property  which secure only  indebtedness  incurred to
         finance the acquisition of such Property (but only to the extent of the
         fair market value of such  Property and not  including  purchase  money
         security interests in Inventory);

                   (f) liens for property taxes and assessments or  governmental
         charges or levies which are not yet due and payable;

                   (g)  liens  incidental  to the  conduct  of  business  or the
         ownership of Properties  and assets  (including  warehousemen's  liens,
         grower liens and attorneys'  liens and statutory  landlords'  liens) or
         other liens of like general nature  incurred in the ordinary  course of
         business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, provided in
         each case,  the  obligation  secured is not overdue or, if overdue,  is
         being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or proceedings and
         for which adequate  reserves,  determined in accordance  with generally
         accepted accounting principles, have been established;

                   (h) minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances,  easements
         or reservations,  or rights of others for rights-of-way,  utilities and
         other similar purposes,  or zoning or other  restrictions as to the use
         of  real  properties,  which  are  necessary  for  the  conduct  of the
         activities of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  or which  customarily
         exist on properties of corporations  engaged in similar  activities and
         similarly  situated  and  which do not in any event  materially  impair
         their use in the  operation  of the  business of the  Borrower  and its
         Subsidiaries; and

                   (i) mortgages,  liens and encumbrances on the Borrower's real
         estate and  equipment  securing  only Funded Debt  permitted by Section
         7.15(f) hereof.

        Section 7.15. Borrowings and Guaranties. The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any Subsidiary to, issue, incur,  assume,  create or have outstanding
any  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money  (including  as  such  all  indebtedness
representing  the  deferred  purchase  price of Property  and all  indebtedness,
obligations  and  liabilities  relating  to bankers  acceptances  and letters of
credit) or customer  advances,  nor be or remain  liable,  whether as  endorser,
surety,  guarantor  or  otherwise,  for  or  in  respect  of  any  liability  or
indebtedness of any other Person, other than:

                   (a)  indebtedness  of the Borrower  arising under or pursuant
         to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

                   (b)  the  liability  of the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries
         arising out of the  endorsement for deposit or collection of commercial
         paper received in the ordinary course of business;

                   (c)   indebtedness  of  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries
         existing on the date hereof and set forth on Exhibit L attached hereto,
         other than indebtedness under the Existing Agreement;

                   (d)  trade payables of  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries
         arising in the ordinary course  of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries'
         business;

                   (e)  indebtedness of the Subsidiaries to the Borrower;

                   (f) Funded  Debt in an  aggregate  principal  amount of up to
         $6,000,000 with respect to bonds or notes or other secured indebtedness
         to be guaranteed by ADFA and/or AIDC and any refundings or refinancings
         thereof;

                   (g)  indebtedness  not  otherwise  permitted  by this Section
         7.15,  provided  that  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  all  such
         indebtedness outstanding at any time does not exceed $7,500,000; and

                   (h)  indebtedness  of  the  Guarantors  to the  Borrower  and
         indebtedness  of the  Guarantors  to the Agent and the Banks  under the
         Subsidiary Guaranty.

        Section  7.16.  Investments,   Loans,  Advances  and  Acquisitions.  The
Borrower  will not,  and will not permit any  Subsidiary  to, make or retain any
investment  (whether  through  the  purchase  of  stock,  obligations,   capital
contributions or otherwise) in or make any loan or advance to, any other Person,
or acquire  substantially  as an entirety  the Property or business of any other
Person, other than:

                   (a)  investments in certificates of deposit having a maturity
         of two years or less  issued by any Bank and which are held by the Bank
         issuing the same;

                   (b)  investments  in  commercial  paper  rated P1 by  Moody's
         Investors  Services,  Inc.  or A1 by  Standard  and Poor's  Corporation
         maturing within 270 days of the date of issuance thereof;

                   (c) loans or  advances  in the usual and  ordinary  course of
         business to officers,  directors and employees for expenses  (including
         moving  expenses  related to a transfer)  incidental to carrying on the
         business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

                   (d) investments shown on the financial statements referred to
         in Section 5.2 in existing Subsidiaries;

                   (e) advances to the  Borrower's  foreign  sales  corporations
         made in the ordinary course of the Borrower's  business in an aggregate
         principal amount outstanding at any time of up to $100,000;

                   (f)  marketable  obligations  issued,  guarantied,  or  fully
         insured by the United  States of  America,  or those for which the full
         faith and  credit of the United  States of  America is pledged  for the
         repayment  of  principal  and  interest  thereof;  provided  that  such
         obligations  have a final  maturity  of no more than two years from the
         date acquired by the Borrower;

                   (g)  marketable  obligations  issued,   guarantied  or  fully
         insured by any agency,  instrumentality,  or  corporation of the United
         States established or to be established by the Congress,  for the which
         the credit of such agency,  instrumentality,  or corporation is pledged
         for the repayment of the principal and interest thereof;  provided that
         such  obligations  have a final  maturity of no more than one year from
         the date acquired by the Borrower; and

                   (h) any investments  listed from time to time on the "working
         list" maintained by Harris Trust and Savings Bank or Harris  Investment
         Management, Inc., acting as a fiduciary agent;

                   (i) loans, advances and guaranties not otherwise permitted by
         this  Section  7.16,  provided  that the  aggregate  amount of all such
         loans, advances and guaranties  outstanding at any time does not exceed
         $5,000,000;

                   (j) other  investments  in and  acquisitions  (other  than by
         merger or  consolidation)  substantially as an entirety of the Property
         or business  of any Person or a majority of the capital  stock or other
         equity interests of any other Person, provided that:

                            (i) such Person  shall  be  in the same or a related
                  line of business as the Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries;

                           (ii) the board of directors (or equivalent  governing
                  body) of such  Person  shall  have  given its prior  effective
                  written consent or approval of such acquisition;

                          (iii) no Potential  Default or Event of Default  shall
                  exist before or after giving effect to such acquisition;

                           (iv) the aggregate  consideration  paid in connection
                  with  all  such  investments  and  acquisitions,  all  mergers
                  permitted  by  Section  7.6  hereof  and all  investments  and
                  acquisitions  permitted by Section  7.16(k)  hereof,  does not
                  exceed $5,000,000 in any 12 month period;

                   (k)  investments  in and  acquisitions  of less  than  all or
         substantially  all of the Property or business of any Person or of less
         than a majority of the capital  stock or other equity  interests of any
         other Person, provided that:

                            (i) such Person  shall  be  in the same or a related
                  line of business as the Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries;

                           (ii) the Board of Directors (or equivalent  governing
                  body) of such  Person  shall  have  given its prior  effective
                  written consent or approval of such acquisition;

                          (iii) no Potential  Default or Event of Default  shall
                  exist before or after giving effect to such acquisition;

                           (iv) the aggregate  consideration  paid in connection
                  with  all  such  investments  and  acquisitions,  all  mergers
                  permitted by Section 7.6 and all investments and  acquisitions
                  permitted by 7.16(j) hereof, does not exceed $5,000,000 in any
                  12 month period;

                   (l)  investments in and loans and advances to the Guarantors;
         and

                   (m)  investments or advances made in connection with the PMAC
         Acquisition.

        Section  7.17.  Sale of  Property.  The  Borrower  will not and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease, assign,  transfer or otherwise dispose of
(whether in one  transaction  or in a series of related  transactions)  all or a
material part of its Property to any other Person;  provided,  however,  that so
long as no Event of Default or Potential  Default has occurred and is continuing
or would result after giving effect thereto,  the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
may make:

                   (a)  sales  of  its  Inventory  in  the  ordinary  course  of
         business; and

                   (b)  sales or leases of its  surplus,  obsolete  or  worn-out
         machinery and equipment.

         For purposes of this Section,  "material part" shall mean 5% or more of
the book value of all of the property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

        Section 7.18.  Notice of Suit or Adverse  Change in Business or Default.
The Borrower shall,  as soon as possible,  and in any event within ten (10) days
after it learns of the following, give written notice to the Agent and each Bank
of  (i)  any  material  proceeding(s)  being  instituted  or  threatened  to  be
instituted by or against the Borrower or any  Subsidiary in any federal,  state,
local or  foreign  court or  before  any  commission  or other  regulatory  body
(federal,  state,  local or foreign),  (ii) any material  adverse  change in the
business,  Property or  condition,  financial or otherwise  (including,  without
limitation, any material loss or depreciation in the value of the Collateral) of
the Borrower,  and (iii) the  occurrence  of any  Potential  Default or Event of
Default.

        Section 7.19.  ERISA.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary
to, promptly pay and discharge all  obligations  and  liabilities  arising under
ERISA of a character  which if unpaid or  unperformed is likely to result in the
imposition  of a lien against any of its Property and will  promptly  notify the
Agent and each Bank of (i) the occurrence of any reportable event (as defined in
ERISA)  which  might  result in the  termination  by the PBGC of any Plan,  (ii)
receipt of any notice from PBGC of its intention to seek termination of any such
Plan or appointment of a trustee therefor,  and (iii) its intention to terminate
or  withdraw  from any Plan.  The  Borrower  will not,  and will not  permit any
Subsidiary to, terminate any such Plan or withdraw  therefrom unless it shall be
in  compliance  with all of the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  after
giving  effect to any  liability  to PBGC  resulting  from such  termination  or
withdrawal.

        Section 7.20.  Supplemental  Performance.  The Borrower  will,  and will
cause each  Subsidiary to, at any time and from time to time upon request of any
Bank take or cause to be taken any action and execute,  acknowledge,  deliver or
record any further  documents,  security  agreements or other  instruments which
such Bank in its  discretion  deems  necessary  to carry out the purposes of the
Loan Documents.

        Section 7.21.  Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower  shall use the proceeds of
each  Loan  and  other  extensions  of  credit  hereunder  only  (a) to pay  the
Borrower's  indebtedness under the Existing  Agreement,  (b) to finance the PMAC
Acquisition and (c) so long as such use of proceeds is not otherwise  prohibited
by the terms hereof and such use would not otherwise  cause the  occurrence of a
Potential  Default  or an Event  of  Default  hereunder,  for  proper  corporate
purposes of the Borrower.

        Section 7.22.  Compliance  with Laws,  etc. The Borrower  will, and will
cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  comply in all material  respects  with all
applicable  laws,  rules,  regulations  and orders,  such  compliance to include
(without limitation) the maintenance and preservation of its corporate existence
and  qualification  as a foreign  corporation  except where the failure to be so
qualified would not have a material  adverse effect on the condition,  financial
or otherwise, of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

        Section 7.23.  Environmental Covenant. The Borrower will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to,

                   (a) use and operate all of its  facilities  and Properties in
         compliance with all Environmental Laws where the failure to do so could
         have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  condition,   financial  or
         otherwise,  of  the  Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries,  keep  all
         necessary  permits,   approvals,   certificates,   licenses  and  other
         authorizations  relating to environmental  matters in effect and remain
         in material compliance therewith, and handle all hazardous materials in
         material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;

                   (b)  immediately  notify the Agent and each Bank and  provide
         copies  upon  receipt of all  written  claims,  complaints,  notices or
         inquiries  relating to the condition of its  facilities and Property or
         compliance with Environmental Laws, and shall promptly, but in no event
         later than 45 days (or, if such actions or  proceedings  are capable of
         being  cured but not within 45 days,  then,  in no event later than 105
         days so long as Borrower continues to diligently proceed to cure) after
         the occurrence of such actions or proceedings, cure and have dismissed,
         to  the  reasonable   satisfaction  of  the  Banks,   any  actions  and
         proceedings relating to compliance with Environmental Laws; and

                   (c) provide such  information  and  certifications  which the
         Agent or any Bank may reasonably  request from time to time to evidence
         compliance with this Section 7.23.

        Section 7.24. No  Restrictions on  Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall not
and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to create or
otherwise  cause  or  suffer  to  exist  or  become   effective  any  consensual
encumbrance  or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary (or the
Borrower,  in the case of  subsections  (e) and (g) of this Section) to: (a) pay
dividends or make any other  distribution  on any of such  Subsidiary's  capital
stock or other equity  interests  owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the
Borrower; (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(c) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; (d) transfer
any of its Property or assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; (e) merge
or  consolidate  with  or into  the  Borrower  or any  other  Subsidiary  of the
Borrower;  (f)  guaranty the payment  when due of the  Borrower's  indebtedness,
obligations and liabilities to the Agent or the Banks; or (g) grant to the Agent
for the benefit of the Banks liens and security  interests on such  Subsidiary's
or the  Borrower's  assets to  secure  the  payment  of the  Borrower's  and the
Guarantors' indebtedness,  obligations and liabilities under the Loan Documents;
provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to  restrictions  and conditions
imposed  by law or by this  Agreement,  (ii) the  foregoing  shall  not apply to
restrictions and conditions  existing on the date hereof identified on Exhibit M
(but  shall  apply  to  any  extension  or  renewal  of,  or  any  amendment  or
modification  expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition),  (iii)
the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained
in agreements  relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale,  provided
such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold
and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (g) of the foregoing shall not
apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured
indebtedness  permitted by this  Agreement if such  restrictions  or  conditions
apply only to the Property  securing such indebtedness and (v) clause (g) of the
foregoing shall not apply to customary  provisions in leases and other contracts
restricting the assignment thereof.

Section 7.25.Year 2000 Assessment. The Borrower shall take all actions necessary
and commit adequate resources to assure that its computerbased and other systems
(and those of all Subsidiaries) are able to effectively process dates, including
dates before, on and after January 1, 2000,  without  experiencing any Year 2000
Problem that could cause a material  adverse effect on the business or financial
affairs of the  Borrower (or of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken on a
consolidated  basis).  At the request of the Bank, the Borrower will provide the
Bank with written assurances and substantiations (including, but not limited to,
the  results of  internal or external  audit  reports  prepared in the  ordinary
course of business)  reasonably  acceptable to the Bank as to the  capability of
the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  to conduct  its and their  businesses  and
operations  before,  on and after January 1, 2000,  without  experiencing a Year
2000  Problem  causing a material  adverse  effect on the  business or financial
affairs of the  Borrower (or of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken on a
consolidated basis).


SECTION 8.           EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

         Section 8.1.  Definitions.  Any  one  or  more  of  the following shall
constitute an Event of Default:

                   (a) Default in the payment  when due of any  principal  of or
         interest on any Revolving Note,  whether at the stated maturity thereof
         or as required  by Section 2.4 hereof or at any other time  provided in
         this Agreement,  or of any Reimbursement  Obligation,  or of any fee or
         other amount payable by the Company  pursuant to this Agreement,  which
         default, in the case of default in the payment when due of any interest
         on any  Revolving  Note,  continues  for five  days  after the due date
         therefor;

                   (b) Default in the  observance or performance of any covenant
         set forth in Sections 7.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.8, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12, 7.13, 7.14,
         7.15, 7.16, 7.17, 7.20 and 7.24, inclusive, hereof, or of any provision
         of any Security Document  requiring the maintenance of insurance on the
         Collateral  subject  thereto or dealing with the use or  remittance  of
         proceeds of such Collateral;

                   (c) Default in the  observance  or  performance  of any other
         covenant, condition,  agreement or provision hereof or any of the other
         Loan  Documents and such default  shall  continue for 30 days after the
         first to occur of (i) the Borrower's  knowledge thereof or (ii) written
         notice thereof to the Borrower by the Agent or any Bank;

                   (d) Default shall occur under any evidence of indebtedness in
         a principal amount exceeding $2,000,000 issued or assumed or guaranteed
         by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or under any mortgage,  agreement or
         other similar  instrument under which the same may be issued or secured
         and such  default  shall  continue for a period of time  sufficient  to
         permit the  acceleration  of  maturity  of any  indebtedness  evidenced
         thereby or outstanding or secured thereunder;

                   (e) Any  representation  or  warranty  made  by the  Borrower
         herein  or in any Loan  Document  or in any  statement  or  certificate
         furnished  by it  pursuant  hereto  or  thereto,  proves  untrue in any
         material  respect as of the date made or deemed  made  pursuant  to the
         terms hereof;

                   (f) Any judgment or judgments,  writ or writs,  or warrant or
         warrants of attachment, or any similar process or processes, other than
         those fully  covered by insurance in a manner  acceptable to the Banks,
         in an  aggregate  amount in excess of  $2,000,000  shall be  entered or
         filed  against the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or against any of their
         respective  Property or assets and remain unstayed and undischarged for
         a period of 60 days from the date of its entry;

                   (g)  Any  reportable   event  (as  defined  in  ERISA)  which
         constitutes  grounds  for  the  termination  of any  Plan  or  for  the
         appointment  by the  appropriate  United  States  District  Court  of a
         trustee to administer  or liquidate any such Plan,  shall have occurred
         and be continuing  thirty (30) days after written notice to such effect
         shall have been  given to the  Borrower  by any Bank;  or any such Plan
         shall be terminated; or a trustee shall be appointed by the appropriate
         United  States  District  Court to  administer  any such  Plan;  or the
         Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  shall institute  proceedings to
         administer or terminate any such Plan;

                   (h) The  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall (i) have  entered
         involuntarily  against it an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code
         of 1978, as amended, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay, or not
         pay, its debts  generally as they become due or suspend  payment of its
         obligations,  (iii) make an  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,
         (iv) apply for, seek, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a
         receiver,  custodian,  trustee,  conservator,   liquidator  or  similar
         official for it or any  substantial  part of its  property,  (v) file a
         petition  seeking  relief or institute any  proceeding  seeking to have
         entered  against it an order for relief  under the  Bankruptcy  Code of
         1978, as amended, to adjudicate it insolvent,  or seeking  dissolution,
         winding up, liquidation,  reorganization,  arrangement,  marshalling of
         assets,  adjustment  or  composition  of it or its debts  under any law
         relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  reorganization  or relief of
         debtors  or fail to  file an  answer  or  other  pleading  denying  the
         material  allegations of any such proceeding  filed against it, or (vi)
         fail to contest in good faith any  appointment or proceeding  described
         in Section 8.1(i) hereof;

                   (i) A custodian,  receiver, trustee, conservator,  liquidator
         or  similar  official  shall  be  appointed  for  the  Borrower  or any
         Subsidiary or any  substantial  part of its respective  Property,  or a
         proceeding  described in Section 8.1(h)(v) shall be instituted  against
         any  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  and  such   appointment   continues
         undischarged or any such proceeding  continues  undismissed or unstayed
         for a period of 60 days; or

                   (j) Any Guarantor shall breach, repudiate, disavow or purport
         to terminate its obligations under the Subsidiary  Guaranty or any part
         thereof,  or the Subsidiary  Guaranty or any part thereof shall for any
         reason not be the legal,  valid and binding obligation of any Guarantor
         Subsidiary.

         Section 8.2. Remedies for  Non-Bankruptcy  Defaults.  When any Event of
Default,  other than an Event of Default described in subsections (h) and (i) of
Section 8.1 hereof,  has occurred and is continuing,  the Agent,  if directed by
any of the Banks,  shall give notice to the  Borrower and take any or all of the
following  actions:  (i) terminate the remaining  Revolving  Credit  Commitments
hereunder  on the date (which may be the date  thereof)  stated in such  notice,
(ii) declare the principal of and the accrued  interest on the  Revolving  Notes
and  unpaid  Reimbursement  Obligations  to be  forthwith  due and  payable  and
thereupon the Revolving  Notes and unpaid  Reimbursement  Obligations  including
both  principal and interest,  shall be and become  immediately  due and payable
without  further demand,  presentment,  protest or notice of any kind, and (iii)
proceed to foreclose against any Collateral under any of the Security Documents,
take any  action or  exercise  any  remedy  under any of the Loan  Documents  or
exercise any other action, right, power or remedy permitted by law. Any Bank may
exercise  the right of set off with  regard  to any  deposit  accounts  or other
accounts maintained by the Borrower with any of the Banks.

         Section  8.3.  Remedies  for  Bankruptcy  Defaults.  When any  Event of
Default  described in subsections  (h) or (i) of Section 8.1 hereof has occurred
and is continuing,  then the Revolving  Notes shall  immediately  become due and
payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or notice of any kind,  and the
obligation of the Banks to extend  further  credit  pursuant to any of the terms
hereof shall immediately terminate.

         Section 8.4. L/Cs.  Promptly following the acceleration of the maturity
of the Revolving Notes pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, the Borrower shall
immediately  pay to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks the full undrawn face
amount of all then  outstanding  L/Cs.  The Agent  shall hold all such funds and
proceeds  thereof as additional  collateral  security for the obligations of the
Borrower  to the Banks under the Loan  Documents.  The amount paid under any L/C
for which the Borrower has not reimbursed the Banks shall bear interest from the
date of such  payment  at the  default  rate of  interest  specified  in Section
1.3(c)(i) hereof.


SECTION 9.           CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES REGARDING EURODOLLAR LOANS.

         Section 9.1.  Change of Law.  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of
this Agreement or any Revolving  Note, if at any time after the date hereof with
respect to  Eurodollar  Loans,  any Bank shall  determine in good faith that any
change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof makes it
unlawful for such Bank to make or continue to maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to
give effect to its obligations as contemplated  hereby, such Bank shall promptly
give notice thereof to the Borrower to such effect,  and such Bank's  obligation
to make or relend any such affected  Eurodollar Loans under this Agreement shall
terminate  until it is no longer unlawful for such Bank to make or maintain such
affected Loan. The Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of any
such affected  Eurodollar  Loan made to it,  together with all interest  accrued
thereon and all other  amounts due and payable to the Banks under Section 9.4 of
this Agreement, on the earlier of the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto  and the  first  day on which it is  illegal  for such Bank to have such
Loans outstanding;  provided, however, the Borrower may then elect to borrow the
principal  amount of such  affected  Loan by means of another  type of Revolving
Credit Loan available  hereunder,  subject to all of the terms and conditions of
this Agreement.

         Section 9.2.  Unavailability  of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain the
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement
or any  Revolving  Note to the  contrary,  if prior to the  commencement  of any
Interest  Period any Bank shall determine (i) that deposits in the amount of any
Eurodollar  Loan  scheduled  to be  outstanding  are not  available to it in the
relevant  market or (ii) by  reason  of  circumstances  affecting  the  relevant
market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted
Eurodollar  Rate,  then the Agent shall promptly give telephonic or telex notice
thereof to the  Borrower and the Banks (such notice to be confirmed in writing),
and the obligation of the Banks to make any such  Eurodollar Loan in such amount
and for such Interest  Period shall  terminate until deposits in such amount and
for the  Interest  Period  selected  by the  Borrower  shall  again  be  readily
available in the relevant  market and  adequate and  reasonable  means exist for
ascertaining the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate. Upon the giving of such notice,  the
Borrower  may  elect to  either  (i) pay or  prepay,  as the  case may be,  such
affected Loan,  subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 hereof or (ii) reborrow
such affected Loan as another type of Revolving Credit Loan available hereunder,
subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         Section 9.3. Taxes and Increased Costs. With respect to any outstanding
Eurodollar  Loans,  if any Bank shall determine in good faith that any change in
any  applicable  law,  treaty,  regulation  or  guideline  (including,   without
limitation,  Regulation  D of the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve
System) or any new law, treaty,  regulation or guideline,  or any interpretation
of  any  of the  foregoing  by  any  governmental  authority  charged  with  the
administration  thereof or any central bank or other  fiscal,  monetary or other
authority  having  jurisdiction  over  such  Bank or its  lending  branch or the
Eurodollar Loans contemplated by this Agreement (whether or not having the force
of law) ("Change in Law") shall:

                   (a) impose,  modify or deem  applicable any reserve,  special
         deposit or similar  requirements against assets held by, or deposits in
         or for the account of, or Loans by, or any other  acquisition  of funds
         or  disbursements  by, such Bank (other than  reserves  included in the
         determination of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate);

                   (b) subject such Bank, any Eurodollar  Loan, or any Revolving
         Note to any tax  (including,  without  limitation,  any  United  States
         interest  equalization  tax or similar tax however named  applicable to
         the  acquisition  or holding of debt  obligations  and any  interest or
         penalties with respect thereto), duty, charge, stamp tax, fee deduction
         or withholding in respect of this  Agreement,  any Eurodollar  Loan, or
         any Revolving  Note except such taxes as may be measured by the overall
         net  income of such  Bank or its  lending  branch  and  imposed  by the
         jurisdiction, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
         in which such Bank's  principal  executive office or its lending branch
         is located or in which the Bank has nexus;

                   (c) change the basis of taxation of payments of principal and
         interest  due from the  Borrower  to such Bank  hereunder  or under any
         Revolving  Note  (other than by a change in taxation of the overall net
         income of such Bank); or

                   (d)  impose  on such Bank any  penalty  with  respect  to the
         foregoing  or  any  other  condition  regarding  this  Agreement,   its
         disbursement, any Eurodollar Loan, or any Revolving Note;

and such  Bank  shall  determine  in good  faith  that the  result of any of the
foregoing  is to increase  the cost  (whether by incurring a cost or adding to a
cost) to such Bank of making or maintaining  any Eurodollar Loan hereunder or to
reduce the amount of  principal  or  interest  received  by such Bank,  then the
Borrower shall pay to such Bank from time to time as specified by such Bank such
additional amounts as such Bank shall determine are sufficient to compensate and
indemnify it for such increased cost or reduced amount. If any Bank makes such a
claim for compensation,  it shall provide to the Borrower a certificate  setting
forth such increased  cost or reduced amount as a result of any event  mentioned
herein  specifying such Change in Law, and such certificate  shall be conclusive
and  binding  on the  Borrower  as to the amount  thereof  except in the case of
manifest error or willful misconduct.  Upon the imposition of any such cost, the
Borrower may prepay any affected Loan, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.3
and 9.4 hereof.

         Section 9.4. Funding  Indemnity.  (a) In the event any Bank shall incur
any loss, cost, expense or premium (including,  without limitation,  any loss of
profit  and any  loss,  cost,  expense  or  premium  incurred  by  reason of the
liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Bank to
fund or maintain any  Eurodollar  Loan or the relending or  reinvesting  of such
deposits or amounts paid such Bank) as a result of:

                   (i) any payment or prepayment of a Eurodollar  Loan on a date
         other than the last day of the then applicable Interest Period;

                  (ii) any failure by the Borrower to borrow any Eurodollar Loan
         on the date  specified  in the notice  given  pursuant  to Section  1.6
         hereof; or

                 (iii) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

then,  upon the demand of such Bank,  the  Borrower  shall pay to such Bank such
amount as will reimburse such Bank for such loss, cost or expense.

         (b) If any Bank makes a claim for compensation  under this Section 9.4,
it shall provide to the Borrower a certificate  setting forth the amount of such
loss,  cost or  expense  in  reasonable  detail  and such  certificate  shall be
conclusive  and binding on the Borrower as to the amount  thereof  except in the
case of manifest error.

         Section 9.5.  Lending  Branch.  Each Bank may, at its option,  elect to
make,  fund or maintain its Eurodollar  Loans  hereunder at the branch or office
specified  opposite its signature on the signature  page hereof or such other of
its branches or offices as such Bank may from time to time elect, subject to the
provisions of Section 1.6(b) hereof.

         Section   9.6.   Discretion   of  Bank  as  to   Manner   of   Funding.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each Bank shall
be entitled to fund and  maintain its funding of all or any part of its Loans in
any manner it sees fit, it being  understood  however,  that for the purposes of
this Agreement all determinations  hereunder  (including  determinations for the
purposes of Section 9.4) shall be made as if the Banks had  actually  funded and
maintained  each  Eurodollar  Loan  during  each  Interest  Period for such Loan
through  the  purchase of deposits in the  relevant  interbank  market  having a
maturity  corresponding  to such  Interest  Period and bearing an interest  rate
equal to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period.


SECTION 10.          THE AGENT.

        Section 10.1.  Appointment and Powers.  Harris Trust and Savings Bank is
hereby  appointed by the Banks as Agent under the Loan Documents,  including but
not limited to the Security  Documents,  wherein the Agent shall hold a security
interest  for the  benefit of the Banks,  solely as the Agent of the Banks,  and
each of the Banks  irrevocably  authorizes the Agent to act as the Agent of such
Bank. The Agent agrees to act as such upon the express  conditions  contained in
this Agreement.

        Section 10.2.  Powers. The Agent shall have and may exercise such powers
hereunder  as are  specifically  delegated to the Agent by the terms of the Loan
Documents,  together with such powers as are incidental thereto. The Agent shall
have no implied duties to the Banks, nor any obligation to the Banks to take any
action under the Loan Documents except any action  specifically  provided by the
Loan Documents to be taken by the Agent.

        Section  10.3.  General  Immunity.  Neither  the  Agent  nor  any of its
directors,  officers,  agents or  employees  shall be liable to the Banks or any
Bank for any  action  taken or  omitted to be taken by it or them under the Loan
Documents  or in  connection  therewith  except  for  its  or  their  own  gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

        Section  10.4. No  Responsibility  for Loans,  Recitals,  etc. The Agent
shall not (i) be responsible to the Banks for any recitals, reports, statements,
warranties  or  representations  contained  in the Loan  Documents  or furnished
pursuant  thereto,  (ii)  be  responsible  for  the  value,  worth,  payment  or
collection of any Loans hereunder,  (iii) be bound to ascertain or inquire as to
the performance or observance of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or (iv)
be responsible to determine or verify the existence, eligibility or value of any
Collateral,  or the correctness of any Borrowing Base Certificate.  In addition,
neither  the Agent nor its  counsel  shall be  responsible  to the Banks for the
enforceability or validity of any of the Loan Documents.

        Section 10.5.  Right to Indemnity.  The Banks hereby indemnify the Agent
for any actions taken in accordance with this Section 10, and the Agent shall be
fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action  hereunder,  unless it
shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks pro rata against any
and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action, other than any liability which may arise out
of Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

        Section 10.6. Action Upon Instructions of Banks. The Agent agrees,  upon
the written  request of the Banks,  to take any action of the type  specified in
the Loan  Documents  as being  within  the  Agent's  rights,  duties,  powers or
discretion.  The Agent shall in all cases be fully  protected  in acting,  or in
refraining from acting, hereunder in accordance with written instructions signed
by the  Banks,  and such  instructions  and any  action  taken or failure to act
pursuant  thereto shall be binding on all of the Banks and on all holders of the
Revolving  Notes. In the absence of a request by the Banks, the Agent shall have
authority, in its sole discretion, to take or not to take any action, unless the
Loan Documents specifically require the consent of all of the Banks.

        Section 10.7.  Employment  of Agents and Counsel.  The Agent may execute
any of its  duties as Agent  hereunder  by or  through  employees,  agents,  and
attorneys-in-fact  and shall not be answerable to the Banks,  except as to money
or  securities  received  by it or its  authorized  agents,  for the  default or
misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact  selected by it in good faith
and with  reasonable  care. The Agent shall be entitled to advice and opinion of
legal  counsel  concerning  all matters  pertaining  to the duties of the agency
hereby created.

        Section 10.8. Reliance on Documents; Counsel. Absent gross negligence or
willful misconduct, the Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any Revolving Note,
notice, consent,  certificate,  affidavit, letter, telegram, statement, paper or
document  believed  by it to be genuine  and  correct and to have been signed or
sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect to legal matters, upon the
opinion of legal counsel selected by the Agent.

        Section 10.9. May Treat Payee as Owner. The Agent may deem and treat the
payee of any Revolving Note as the owner thereof for all purposes  hereof unless
and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been
filed with the Agent. Any request,  authority or consent of any person,  firm or
corporation  who at the time of making such request or giving such  authority or
consent is the holder of any such Revolving Note shall be conclusive and binding
on any  subsequent  holder,  transferee or assignee of such Revolving Note or of
any Revolving Note issued in exchange therefor.

       Section 10.10. Agent's  Reimbursement.  Each Bank agrees to reimburse the
Agent pro rata in accordance  with its Commitment  Percentage for any reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  fees and  charges  for  field  audits)  not
reimbursed by the Borrower (a) for which the Agent is entitled to  reimbursement
by the  Borrower  under  the Loan  Documents  and (b) for any  other  reasonable
expenses  incurred by the Agent on behalf of the Banks,  in connection  with the
preparation,  execution,  delivery,  administration  and enforcement of the Loan
Documents.

       Section 10.11. Rights as a Lender. With respect to its commitment,  Loans
made by it, the L/C issued by it and the Revolving Notes issued to it, the Agent
shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any Bank and may exercise the
same as though it were not the  Agent,  and the term  "Bank" or  "Banks"  shall,
unless the context  otherwise  indicates,  include  the Agent in its  individual
capacity.  The Agent may accept  deposits  from,  lend  money to, and  generally
engage in any kind of banking or trust  business with the Borrower as if it were
not the Agent.

       Section 10.12. Bank Credit Decision.  Each Bank acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank and based on
the financial statements referred to in Section 5.2 and such other documents and
information  as it has  deemed  appropriate,  made its own credit  analysis  and
decision to enter into the Loan Documents.  Each Bank also  acknowledges that it
will,  independently  and without  reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank and
based on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem  appropriate  at the
time,  continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking action
under the Loan Documents.

       Section  10.13.  Resignation  of Agent.  Subject to the  appointment of a
successor  Agent,  the Agent  may  resign  as Agent  for the  Banks  under  this
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  at any time by sixty  days'  notice in
writing to the Banks.  Such  resignation  shall take effect upon  appointment of
such successor.  The Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent who
shall be  entitled  to all of the rights of, and vested with the same powers as,
the  original  Agent under the Loan  Documents.  In the event a successor  Agent
shall not have been appointed  within the sixty day period  following the giving
of notice by the Agent, the Agent may appoint its own successor.  Resignation by
the Agent shall not affect or impair the rights of the Agent under Sections 10.5
and 10.10 hereof with respect to all matters  preceding  such  resignation.  Any
successor  Agent must be a national  banking  association or a Bank chartered in
any State of the United States.

       Section 10.14. Duration of Agency. The agency established by Section 10.1
hereof shall  continue,  and Sections  10.1 through and  including  this Section
10.14 shall remain in full force and effect,  until the Revolving  Notes and all
other amounts due hereunder and  thereunder,  including  without  limitation all
Reimbursement  Obligations,  shall  have  been  paid  in  full  and  the  Banks'
commitments  to extend  credit to or for the benefit of the Borrower  shall have
terminated or expired.


SECTION 11.          MISCELLANEOUS.

        Section 11.1.  Amendments and Waivers. Any term, covenant,  agreement or
condition of this Agreement may be amended only by a written amendment  executed
by the  Borrower,  the Required  Banks and, if the rights or duties of the Agent
are affected  thereby,  the Agent,  or compliance  therewith  only may be waived
(either  generally  or in a  particular  instance  and either  retroactively  or
prospectively),  if the Borrower  shall have  obtained the consent in writing of
the  Required  Banks  and,  if the  rights or  duties of the Agent are  affected
thereby, the Agent,  provided,  however,  that without the consent in writing of
the  holders  of  all  outstanding  Revolving  Notes  and  unpaid  Reimbursement
Obligations and the issuer of the L/Cs, or all Banks if no Revolving Note or L/C
is  outstanding,  no such  amendment  or waiver  shall (a)  change the amount or
postpone the date of payment of any scheduled payment or required  prepayment of
principal  of the  Revolving  Notes or  reduce  the rate or  extend  the time of
payment of interest on the  Revolving  Notes,  or reduce the amount of principal
thereof,  or modify any of the provisions of the Revolving Notes with respect to
the payment or prepayment thereof, (b) give to any Revolving Note any preference
over any other Revolving  Notes, (c) amend the definition of Required Banks, (d)
alter,  modify or amend the  provisions  of this  Section  11.1,  (e) change the
amount or term of any of the Banks'  Revolving  Credit  Commitments  or the fees
required under Section 2.1 hereof, (f) alter,  modify or amend the provisions of
Section  6 of this  Agreement,  (g)  alter,  modify or amend  any  Bank's  right
hereunder  to consent to any action,  make any  request or give any notice,  (h)
change the advance rates under the Borrowing Base, or (i) release any Collateral
under the Security  Documents,  unless such release is permitted or contemplated
by the Loan  Documents.  Any such amendment or waiver shall apply equally to all
Banks and the holders of the Revolving Notes and  Reimbursement  Obligations and
shall be binding upon them,  upon each future holder of any  Revolving  Note and
Reimbursement  Obligation  and upon the Borrower,  whether or not such Revolving
Note  shall have been  marked to  indicate  such  amendment  or waiver.  No such
amendment  or waiver  shall  extend to or affect any  obligation  not  expressly
amended or waived.

        Section 11.2.  Waiver of Rights.  No delay or failure on the part of the
Agent or any Bank or on the part of the holder or holders of any Revolving  Note
or Reimbursement  Obligation in the exercise of any power or right shall operate
as a waiver thereof, nor as an acquiescence in any Potential Default or Event of
Default, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude
any other or further  exercise  thereof,  or the  exercise of any other power or
right, and the rights and remedies  hereunder of the Agent, the Banks and of the
holder or holders of any Revolving  Notes are  cumulative  to, and not exclusive
of, any rights or remedies which any of them would otherwise have.

        Section 11.3. Several Obligations.  The commitments of each of the Banks
hereunder  shall be the several  obligations of each Bank and the failure on the
part of any one or more of the Banks to perform  hereunder  shall not affect the
obligation of the other Banks hereunder,  provided that nothing herein contained
shall relieve any Bank from any liability for its failure to so perform.  In the
event that any one or more of the Banks  shall fail to  perform  its  commitment
hereunder,  all payments  thereafter  received by the Agent on the  principal of
Loans and Reimbursement  Obligations  hereunder,  whether from any Collateral or
otherwise, shall be distributed by the Agent to the Banks making such additional
Loans  ratably  as  among  them in  accordance  with  the  principal  amount  of
additional  Loans made by them until such additional Loans shall have been fully
paid and satisfied,  and all payments on account of interest shall be applied as
among all the Banks ratably in accordance  with the amount of interest  owing to
each of the Banks as of the date of the receipt of such interest payment.

        Section  11.4.  Non-Business  Day.  (a) If any payment of  principal  or
interest  on any  Domestic  Rate  Loan  shall  fall due on a day  which is not a
Business  Day,  interest  at the rate such Loan  bears for the  period  prior to
maturity  shall  continue to accrue on such  principal  from the stated due date
thereof to and including the next  succeeding  Business Day on which the same is
payable.

         (b) If any payment of  principal  or interest  on any  Eurodollar  Loan
shall fall due on a day which is not a Business  Day,  the payment  date thereof
shall be  extended  to the next date  which is a Business  Day and the  Interest
Period for such Loan shall be accordingly  extended,  unless as a result thereof
any  payment  date would  fall in the next  calendar  month,  in which case such
payment date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

        Section  11.5.   Survival  of  Indemnities.   All  indemnities  and  all
provisions  relative  to  reimbursement  to the Banks of amounts  sufficient  to
protect the yield to the Banks with respect to Eurodollar Loans, including,  but
not limited to,  Sections 9.3 and 9.4 hereof,  shall survive the  termination of
this Agreement and the payment of the Revolving Notes.

        Section 11.6. Documentary Taxes. Although the Borrower is of the opinion
that no documentary or similar taxes are payable in respect to this Agreement or
the  Revolving  Notes,  Borrower  agrees that it will pay such taxes,  including
interest and penalties, in the event any such taxes are assessed irrespective of
when such  assessment  is made and  whether  or not any credit is then in use or
available hereunder.

        Section 11.7.  Representations.  All representations and warranties made
herein or in certificates  given pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and
delivery of this  Agreement and of the Revolving  Notes,  and shall  continue in
full force and effect with respect to the date as of which they were made and as
reaffirmed  on the date of each  borrowing,  request  for L/C and as long as any
credit is in use or available hereunder.

        Section 11.8.  Notices.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all
communications  provided for herein shall be in writing or by telex and shall be
deemed to have been given or made when served personally, when an answer back is
received in the case of notice by telex or 2 days after the date when  deposited
in the United States mail (registered,  if to Borrower) addressed if to Borrower
to  16401  Swingley  Ridge  Road,  Suite  700,  Chesterfield,   Missouri  63017,
Attention:  Vice President Finance; if to the Agent or Harris at 111 West Monroe
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60690, Attention:  Emerging Majors West; and if to any
of the Banks, at the address for each Bank set forth under its signature hereon;
or at such other address as shall be designated by any party hereto in a written
notice to each other party pursuant to this Section 11.8.

        Section  11.9.  Costs and  Expenses.  (a) The Borrower  agrees to pay on
demand all costs and expenses of the Agent and each Bank in connection  with the
negotiation,   preparation,  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  the
Revolving  Notes  and  the  other  instruments  and  documents  to be  delivered
hereunder or in connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby, including
the fees and  expenses of Chapman and Cutler,  special  counsel to the Agent and
Thompson Coburn, counsel to Mercantile Bank National Association;  all costs and
expenses  of the  Agent  and the  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  of each Bank
(including in each case  attorneys'  fees and  expenses)  incurred in connection
with any consents or waivers hereunder or amendments  hereto,  and all costs and
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees and  expenses),  if any,  incurred by the
Agent,  the Banks or any other holders of a Revolving Note or any  Reimbursement
Obligation in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or the Revolving
Notes and the other  instruments  and  documents to be delivered  hereunder.  In
addition,  at the time of requesting any amendment hereof the Borrower shall pay
to the Agent for the  account of the Banks an  amendment  fee of $5,000 for each
such requested amendment. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and save harmless the
Banks and the Agent from any and all  liabilities,  losses,  costs and  expenses
incurred  by the  Banks or the  Agent in  connection  with any  action,  suit or
proceeding  brought against the Agent or any Bank by any Person which arises out
of the  transactions  contemplated or financed hereby or by the Revolving Notes,
or out of  any  action  or  inaction  by the  Agent  or any  Bank  hereunder  or
thereunder,  except  for such  thereof as is caused by the gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct of the party indemnified.

         (b) Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the Borrower
unconditionally agrees to forever indemnify, defend and hold harmless, the Agent
and each Bank, and covenants not to sue for any claim for contribution  against,
the Agent or any Bank for any damages, costs, loss or expense, including without
limitation,  response,  remedial  or removal  costs,  arising  out of any of the
following:  (i) any  presence,  release,  threatened  release or disposal of any
hazardous or toxic  substance or petroleum by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary or
otherwise  occurring on or with respect to their respective  Property,  (ii) the
operation or violation of any  Environmental  Law,  whether  federal,  state, or
local,  and any  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  by the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  or  otherwise  occurring  on or with  respect  to  their  respective
Property,  (iii) any claim for personal  injury or property damage in connection
with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or otherwise occurring on or with respect to
their   respective   Property,   and  (iv)  the  inaccuracy  or  breach  of  any
environmental  representation,  warranty or covenant by the Borrower made herein
or in any loan agreement,  promissory note,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  security
agreement  or any other  instrument  or  document  evidencing  or  securing  any
indebtedness,  obligations  or liabilities of the Borrower owing to the Agent or
any Bank or setting forth terms and conditions  applicable  thereto or otherwise
relating  thereto,  except for damages  arising  from the Agent's or such Bank's
willful misconduct or gross negligence.  This indemnification  shall survive the
payment and satisfaction of all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower owing to the Agent and the Banks and the termination of this Agreement,
and shall remain in force beyond the  expiration  of any  applicable  statute of
limitations  and payment or  satisfaction in full of any single claim under this
indemnification.  This indemnification  shall be binding upon the successors and
assigns of the  Borrower  and shall  inure to the benefit of Agent and the Banks
and their respective  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,  and collateral
trustees, and their successors and assigns.

                  (c) The provisions of this Section 11.9 shall survive  payment
of the Revolving Notes and Reimbursement  Obligations and the termination of the
Banks' Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder.

       Section 11.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of  counterparts  and all such  counterparts  taken  together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same  instrument.  One or more of the Banks may execute a
separate  counterpart  of this  Agreement  which has also been  executed  by the
Borrower, and this Agreement shall become effective as and when Borrower and all
of the Banks have  executed this  Agreement or a counterpart  thereof and lodged
the same with the Agent.

       Section 11.11.  Successors and Assigns;  Governing Law; Entire Agreement.
This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon the  Borrower  and the  Banks and their
respective  successors  and  assigns,  and  shall  inure to the  benefit  of the
Borrower  and each of the Banks and the benefit of their  respective  successors
and  assigns,   including  any  subsequent  holder  of  any  Revolving  Note  or
Reimbursement  Obligation.  This  Agreement  and the  rights  and  duties of the
parties hereto shall be construed and determined in accordance  with the laws of
the State of  Illinois,  except  conflict  of laws  principles.  This  Agreement
constitutes the entire  understanding of the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and any prior  agreements,  whether  written or oral, with respect
thereto are superseded  hereby. The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or
obligations hereunder without the written consent of all of the Banks.

       Section 11.12.   No Joint  Venture.  Nothing contained in this  Agreement
shall be deemed  to  create  a  partnership  or  joint venture among the parties
hereto.

       Section  11.13.  Severability.  In the event  that any term or  provision
hereof is determined to be  unenforceable  or illegal,  it shall deemed  severed
herefrom to the extent of the illegality and/or  unenforceability  and all other
provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect.

       Section 11.14. Table of Contents and Headings.  The table of contents and
section  headings in this  Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect
the construction of any provision hereof.

       Section 11.15. Sharing of Payments. Each Bank agrees with each other Bank
that if such Bank shall  receive and retain any  payment,  whether by set-off or
application  of  deposit  balances  or  otherwise  ("Set-Off"),   on  any  Loan,
Reimbursement  Obligation or other amount  outstanding  under this  Agreement in
excess of its ratable share of payments on all Loans,  Reimbursement Obligations
and other amounts then  outstanding to the Banks,  then such Bank shall purchase
for cash at face value,  but without  recourse,  ratably  from each of the other
Banks such amount of the Loans and  Reimbursement  Obligations held by each such
other Bank (or  interest  therein) as shall be  necessary  to cause such Bank to
share such excess payment ratably with all the other Banks;  provided,  however,
that if any such  purchase is made by any Bank,  and if such  excess  payment or
part thereof is thereafter  recovered  from such  purchasing  Bank,  the related
purchases from the other Banks shall be rescinded ratably and the purchase price
restored  as to the  portion of such excess  payment so  recovered,  but without
interest.  Each Bank's  ratable share of any such Set-Off shall be determined by
the proportion that the aggregate  principal  amount of Loans and  Reimbursement
Obligations  then due and  payable  to such Bank  bears to the  total  aggregate
principal amount of Loans and Reimbursement  Obligations then due and payable to
all the Banks.

       Section  11.16.  Conflict Among  Documents.  In the event of any conflict
between the terms hereof and the terms of any Loan  Document  other than the L/C
Agreement,  the  terms  of such  other  Loan  Document  shall  govern  as to the
provision in conflict and in the event of any conflict  between the terms hereof
and the terms of the L/C Agreement,  the terms of this Agreement shall govern as
to the provision in conflict.

       Section 11.17. Confidentiality. Each Bank agrees (on behalf of itself and
its affiliates,  directors,  officers, employees, agents and representatives) to
use  reasonable  precautions  to  keep  confidential,  in  accordance  with  its
customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in
accordance  with safe and sound banking  practices,  any non-public  information
supplied  to such Bank by the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  pursuant to
this  Agreement  which is  identified  to such  Banks  by any of such,  as being
confidential at the time the same is delivered to such Bank; provided,  however,
that  nothing  contained  in this  Section  11.17  shall  prohibit  or limit the
disclosure by any Bank of any such information (i) to the extent required by any
statute,   rule,   regulation,   subpoena  or  judicial  process,  (ii)  to  any
governmental or regulatory  agency having  jurisdiction over such Bank, (iii) to
any professional advisors, including counsel and accountants, for any Bank, (iv)
to any bank  examiners or auditors,  (v) in  connection  with any  litigation to
which any Bank is a party, (vi) in connection with the enforcement of any Bank's
rights and remedies under this  Agreement,  any of the Revolving Notes or any of
the other Loan Documents or (vii) to any assignee or participant of any Bank (or
prospective assignee or participant) so long as such assignee or participant (or
prospective  assignee or participant) first executes and delivers to such Bank a
confidentiality  agreement in  substantially  the form of this Section 11.17 and
such Bank  delivers  to the  Borrower  a copy of such  executed  confidentiality
agreement; and provided further, that in no event shall any Bank be obligated or
required to return any  materials  furnished to such Bank by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries,  hereunder.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no Bank shall
have any  liability to the Borrower or to any of its  Subsidiaries  or to any of
their shareholders, partners, directors, officers, employees or agents by reason
of, or in any way claimed to be related to, any  disclosure by such Bank (or any
of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives) of
any information with respect to the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  except
as the same results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Bank
as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

       Section  11.18.  Participants.  Each Bank shall have the right at its own
cost to grant  participations  (to be  evidenced  by one or more  agreements  or
certificates  of  participation)  in the  Revolving  Credit  Loans  made  and/or
Reimbursement   Obligations,   participations   in  L/Cs  and  Revolving  Credit
Commitment  held by such  Bank at any time and from  time to time to one or more
other Persons; provided that (i) no such participation shall relieve any Bank of
any of its obligations under this Agreement, (ii) no such participant shall have
any direct rights under this Agreement except as provided in this Section 11.18,
and no Agent shall have any obligation or  responsibility  to such  participant.
Any agreement pursuant to which such participation is granted shall provide that
the granting Bank shall retain the sole right and  responsibility to enforce the
obligations  of the Borrower  under this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents
including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment,  modification
or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, except that such agreement may
provide that such Bank will not agree to any  modification,  amendment or waiver
of the Loan Documents that would reduce the amount of or postpone any fixed date
for payment of any  Obligation in which such  participant  has an interest.  Any
party to which such a participation  has been granted shall have the benefits of
Section 9.3 and Section 9.4  hereof,  up to an amount not  exceeding  the amount
that would  otherwise  have been payable to the Bank who sold the  participation
interest to such party. The Borrower and each Guarantor  authorizes each Bank to
disclose to any participant or prospective  participant under this Section 11.18
any financial or other information pertaining to the Borrower or any Guarantor.

       Section  11.19.  Assignment  Agreements.  (a) Each Bank  may,  at its own
expense,  from time to time,  assign  to other  commercial  lenders  part of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement  (including  without  limitation the
indebtedness evidenced by the Revolving Notes then owned by such assigning Bank,
together  with an  equivalent  proportion  of its  obligation  to make loans and
advances and  participate  in L/Cs) pursuant to written  agreements  executed by
such  assigning  Bank,  such  assignee  lender or lenders,  the Borrower and the
Agent,  which  agreements  shall  specify in each  instance  the  portion of the
indebtedness  evidenced by the  Revolving  Notes which is to be assigned to each
such assignee lender and the portion of the Revolving  Credit  Commitment of the
assigning  Bank to be assumed  by it (the  "Assignment  Agreements");  provided,
however,  that  unless,  in the case of  clauses  (i) and (iii) the  Agent,  the
Borrower,  the assignor Bank and the assignee lender,  in writing,  agree to the
contrary,  (i) the aggregate  amount of the Exposure of the assigning Bank being
assigned to such assignee lender pursuant to each such assignment (determined as
of the effective date of the relevant Assignment Agreement) shall in no event be
less than $5,000,000 and shall be an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (other than
assignments  between  existing Banks which may be in the amount of $1,000,000 or
in such greater  amount  which is an integral  multiple of  $500,000);  (ii) the
parties  to each such  assignment  shall  execute  and  deliver  to the Agent an
Assignment  Agreement,  together  with  any  Revolving  Notes  subject  to  such
assignment,  (iii) each Bank  (other than  Harris)  shall  maintain  for its own
account at least $15,000,000 of its Exposure or assign all of its Exposure; (iv)
the Agent and (except for an assignment made during the continuance of any Event
of  Default)  the  Borrower  must  each  consent,  which  consents  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  to each such assignment to (provided no such consent is
required for any assignment to any affiliate of the assigning Bank), and (v) the
assignee lender must pay to the Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500
and any  out-of-pocket  attorney's fees incurred by the Agent in connection with
such Assignment  Agreement.  Upon the execution of each Assignment  Agreement by
the assigning Bank thereunder,  the assignee lender thereunder, the Borrower and
the Agent,  satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth above and payment to
such  assigning  Bank by such  assignee  lender  of the  purchase  price for the
portion of the Exposure  being  acquired by it, (i) such  assignee  lender shall
thereupon become a "Bank" for all purposes of this Agreement with an Exposure in
the  amounts  set forth in such  Assignment  Agreement  and with all the rights,
powers and obligations afforded a Bank hereunder, (ii) such assigning Bank shall
have no further liability for funding the portion of any of its Revolving Credit
Commitment assumed by such other Bank, and (iii) the address for notices to such
assignee Bank shall be as specified in the Assignment  Agreement executed by it.
Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such Assignment  Agreement,  the
Borrower  shall execute and deliver new Revolving  Notes to the assignee Bank in
the amount of its Revolving  Credit  Commitment or Revolving Credit Loan and new
Revolving  Notes to the assigning  Bank in the amounts of its  Revolving  Credit
Commitment  or  Revolving  Credit  Loan  after  giving  effect to the  reduction
occasioned by such assignment, such new Revolving Notes to constitute "Revolving
Notes" for all purposes of this Agreement.

                  (b) Any Bank  may at any  time  pledge  or  assign  all or any
portion of its rights under this Agreement and its Revolving Note to any Federal
Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment.
<PAGE>



         Upon your acceptance  hereof in the manner  hereinafter set forth, this
Agreement shall be a contract between us for the purposes hereinabove set forth.

Dated as of September 18, 1998.

MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION


By   /s/ Gregg M. Eisenberg______________________________
Its   President_______________________________________


Accepted and Agreed to as of the day and year last above written.

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, individually and as Agent


By   /s/ Donald Busse
Its Vice President

Address:                  111 West Monroe Street
                          Chicago, Illinois 60690
Attention:                Emerging Majors West


MERCANTILE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


By
Its

Address:                  721 Locust Street
                          St. Louis, Missouri  63101
Attention:                St. Louis Group

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.15

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

                                  $370,000.00
                               December 10, 1998
                           St. Louis County, Missouri


FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  BARRY R. PEARL, a resident of Wildwood,
Missouri,  hereby promises to pay to the order of MAVERICK TUBE  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  the principal sum of Three Hundred and
Seventy  Thousand  and  no/100  Dollars  ($370,000.00),  without  interest.  The
principal  amount of this Note shall be payable in full on June 10,  1999 unless
renewed by the Company in its discretion on or prior to such date.

The  undersigned  shall have the right to prepay in whole or in part the balance
of  this  Note  at  any  time  without  prepayment  penalty.  In  addition,  the
undersigned shall prepay the balance of this Note within ten (10) days after the
undersigned  shall have closed the sale of the  undersigned's  former  residence
located in  Irvine,  California,  and all net  proceeds  from such  sale,  after
deduction of applicable  expenses,  shall be applied to the balance of this Note
until paid in full.

The undersigned agrees to pay all costs of collection, including attorneys' fees
and legal  expenses in the event this Note is not paid when due,  whether or not
legal proceedings are commenced.

The  undersigned  hereby  waives  presentment,  demand  for  payment,  notice of
non-payment,  protest,  notice of  protest,  notice of  dishonor,  and all other
notices in connection with this Note.

This Note is made in the State of Missouri and shall be governed by the internal
substantive  laws  of the  state  of  Missouri,  without  giving  effect  to its
conflicts-of-law or its choice-of-law principles.



/s/ Barry R. Pearl__________________
BARRY R. PEARL


PAYABLE AT: 16401 Swingley Ridge Road,  Seventh  Floor,  Chesterfield,  Missouri
63107 or such other location as the holder of this Note may designate in writing
to the maker of this Note.


<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.16

                               SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


         This Severance  Agreement (the  "Agreement") is made as of the 11th day
of  November,  1998,  by and  between  MAVERICK  TUBE  CORPORATION,  a  Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and ___________________ ("Executive").

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company ("Board") has determined
that it is in the best  interests of the Company and its  stockholders  that the
continuous employment of key management personnel be fostered; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board has  determined  that  appropriate  steps should be
taken to reinforce and encourage the continued  attention and dedication of such
personnel to their management duties;

         NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the sufficiency and
receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Company and the Executive  hereby
agree as follows:

         1.    Definitions.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement  have  the
 meanings set forth below.

                   (a)_____"Cause" means the commission of (i) an act or acts of
personal  dishonesty  performed  by the  Executive  and  intended  to  result in
substantial  personal  enrichment of the Executive at the expense of the Company
or an affiliate;  (ii) an act of disloyalty or conduct  clearly tending to bring
discredit upon the Company or any affiliate;  or (iii) a felony  involving moral
turpitude.

                   (b)_____"Change in Control" means:

                            (i) the  acquisition,  direct  or  indirect,  by any
         individual,  entity,  or group ("Person"),  of beneficial  ownership of
         thirty-five percent (35%) or more of either all then outstanding shares
         of Stock  or,  if  different,  the  combined  voting  power of all then
         outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the
         election of  directors  ("Other  Voting  Securities")  of the  Company,
         provided that the following  acquisitions shall not constitute a change
         of control:  (A) any  acquisition  directly  from the Company;  (B) any
         acquisition by the Company; (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit
         plan or related  trust  sponsored or  maintained  by the Company or any
         affiliate;   and  (D)  any   acquisition   pursuant  to  a  transaction
         immediately  following  which the conditions  described in clauses (A),
         (B), and (C) of part (iii) of this Section 4 are satisfied; or

                            (ii) the cessation of those  individuals  who, as of
         the  date of this  Agreement,  constitute  the  Board  (the  "Incumbent
         Board") for any reason to  constitute at least a majority of the Board;
         provided,  however,  that any individual  becoming a director after the
         date of this Agreement  whose election or nomination was approved by at
         least a majority of the directors then  comprising the Incumbent  Board
         shall  be  deemed  a  member  of the  Incumbent  Board,  other  than an
         individual  becoming  a  director  as a result  of  either an actual or
         threatened  election  contest or solicitation of proxies or consents by
         or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

                            (iii)  the  approval  by  the  stockholders  of  the
         Company  of  a  reorganization,   merger,  or  consolidation  (each,  a
         "Transaction") unless, in each case, following such Transaction (A) all
         or  substantially  all of the  beneficial  owners  of the Stock and the
         combined voting power of all outstanding Other Voting Securities of the
         Company  immediately  prior  to  such  Transaction   beneficially  own,
         directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of, respectively,
         the common stock and the combined voting power of all outstanding Other
         Voting  Securities of the corporation  resulting from such  Transaction
         ("Resulting  Corporation")  in  substantially  the same  proportions as
         their ownership  immediately prior to such  Transaction;  (B) no Person
         (other than the Company and any employee  benefit plan or related trust
         of  the  Company  or  a  Resulting   Corporation)   beneficially   owns
         thirty-five   percent  (35%)  or  more  of,   respectively,   the  then
         outstanding shares of common stock of the Resulting  Corporation or the
         combined voting power of all then outstanding  Other Voting  Securities
         of such  Resulting  Corporation  and (C) at  least  a  majority  of the
         directors of the  Resulting  Corporation  were members of the Incumbent
         Board at the time of the execution of the initial  agreement  providing
         for such Transaction; or

                            (iv) the approval by the stockholders of the Company
         of (A) a complete  liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (B) the
         disposition  of  substantially  all of the assets of the Company  other
         than to a  corporation  with  respect to which all of the  following is
         true following such  disposition:  (I) more than 50% of,  respectively,
         the then outstanding  shares of common stock of such corporation  ("New
         Stock") and the combined voting power of all  outstanding  Other Voting
         Securities of such corporation ("New Other Voting  Securities") is then
         owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by substantially all of the
         beneficial  owners of the Stock and the  combined  voting  power of all
         outstanding Other Voting Securities of the Company in substantially the
         same  proportions as their  ownership of such securities of the Company
         immediately  prior  thereto;  (II) no Person other than the Company and
         any employee  benefit  plan or related  trust of the Company or of such
         corporation then beneficially owns thirty-five percent (35%) or more of
         the New Stock or the New Other Voting Securities;  and (III) at least a
         majority  of the  directors  of such  corporation  were  members of the
         Incumbent  Board at the time of the execution of the initial  agreement
         or action providing for such disposition.

                   (c)_____"Effective   Date"   means  the  date  on  which  the
termination of the Executive's  employment is to be effective under the terms of
any written notice or other documentation thereof.

                   (d)_____"Good Reason" for termination by the Executive of his
employment means the occurrence (without the Executive's written consent) of any
of the following  unless,  in the case of any of (i), (v), (vi), or (vii),  such
act or failure to act is  corrected  within five  business  days  following  the
giving of notice of termination  by the  executive,  in the case of (iii) below,
such act is not objected to in writing by the  Executive  within  fourteen  days
after notification thereof:

                            (i)  the  assignment  to  the  Executive  of  duties
         inconsistent  with his status as an executive officer of the Company or
         a meaningful  alteration,  adverse to the  Executive,  in the nature or
         status of his responsibilities (other than reporting  responsibilities)
         from those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                            (ii) a reduction in the  Executive's  Regular Annual
         Salary  except  for  an  across-the-board  salary  reduction  similarly
         affecting  all  senior   executives  of  the  Company  and  all  senior
         executives of any person or entity in control of the Company;

                            (iii)  a   requirement   by  the  Company  that  the
         Executive relocate his residence outside the metropolitan area in which
         the  Executive  was based  immediately  prior to a Change  in  Control,
         provided that  business  travel in an amount  substantially  consistent
         with an  Executive's  previous  travel  obligations  shall  in no event
         constitute such a requirement;

                            (iv)  failure by the  Company to pay any  portion of
         his compensation within fourteen days of the date it is due;

                            (v) failure by the Company to continue in effect any
         compensation plan in which the Executive participates immediately prior
         to  a  Change  in  Control   that  is  material   to  the   Executive's
         compensation,  unless  an  equitable  arrangement  has been  made  with
         respect to such plan;

                            (vi)   failure  by  the  Company  to  continue   the
         Executive's participation in a plan described in (v) or a substitute or
         alternative  plan on a  basis  not  materially  less  favorable  to the
         Executive as existed at the time of a Change in Control;

                            (vii)  failure by the Company to continue to provide
         the Executive with benefits  substantially  similar to those enjoyed by
         him prior to a Change in Control; or

                            (viii) the  determination  by the Executive,  in his
         sole and absolute discretion,  that the business philosophy or policies
         of the Company or its  successor or the  implementation  thereof is not
         compatible with those of the Executive.

          The Executive's  continued  employment shall not of itself  constitute
consent  to, or a waiver of rights  with  respect  to, any act or failure to act
constituting Good Reason hereunder.

                   (e)_____"Potential Change in Control" means:

                            (i) the  entrance by the Company  into an  agreement
         the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in
         Control;

                            (ii) the  announced  intention of the Company or any
         person or entity of taking  any  action  that,  if  consummated,  would
         constitute a Change in Control; or

                            (iii) the adoption by the Board of a  resolution  to
         the effect that for purposes of this Agreement,  a Potential  Change in
         Control has occurred.

                   (f)_____"Regular  Annual Salary" means the base annual salary
being paid to the Executive  immediately prior to the Effective Date,  exclusive
of  any  bonuses  or  other  incentive   compensation,   but  inclusive  of  any
compensation  then being deferred by the Executive under the Company's  Deferred
Compensation Plan.

                   (g)_____"Retirement" means the termination of employment of a
Company employee if such employee immediately thereafter receives benefits under
any retirement  plan of the Company in effect  immediately  prior to a Change in
Control or if such termination is in accordance with any retirement  arrangement
established with the Executive's consent with respect to the Executive.

                   (h)_____"Stock" means the $.01 par value common stock of  the
Company.

                   (i)_____"Tax  Gross-up Amount" means the sum of (x) an amount
equal to all taxes imposed upon Executive  under Section 4999(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  resulting from payments or other
benefits (including,  without limitation,  accelerated vesting or exercisability
of stock  rights or options) to  Executive  under this  Agreement  being  deemed
"excess parachute payments," as such term is defined in Section 280(G)(b) of the
Code  (the  "Subject  Taxes"),  and  (y) an  amount  which  will as  closely  as
reasonably practicable approximate any additional income or excise taxes payable
by  Executive  as a result of the payment of the Subject  Taxes on behalf of the
Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

                   (j)_____"Total   Disability"   means  the  inability  of  the
Executive  to  perform  the  duties  of his  position  for  the  greater  of 180
successive  days or a total of 270 days in any period of 365 days or such period
as constitutes "total disability" under any disability insurance program or plan
maintained by the Company.

         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall  begin as of the date set
forth above and shall continue  through  November 11, 2001,  provided that as of
November 11, 2001 and each November 11  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement
shall  automatically  be extended for one additional year unless,  not less than
six months prior to any such date, either (i) the Company or the Executive shall
have given notice to the contrary,  or (ii) a Change of Control has occurred. If
a Change in Control  occurs at any time during the term or any  renewal  term of
this Agreement,  notwithstanding  notice of termination  having been given, this
Agreement  shall  remain in effect  for a period of not less than two years from
the date of such Change in Control.

         3.  Severance  Pay. If the  employment  of Executive is terminated at a
time not within the thirty  (30) month  period  following  a Change in  Control,
other  than (i) by the  Company  for  Cause,  (ii) by  reason  of  death,  Total
Disability,  or Retirement, or (iii) by the Executive without Good Reason, as of
the Effective  Date, and in addition to all  obligations  otherwise owing to the
Executive  on the  Effective  Date,  the  Company  shall  continue to pay to the
Executive for a period of six months  following  the Effective  Date (I) amounts
equal to those received  periodically  prior to the Effective Date in payment of
his  Regular  Annual  Salary,  on the  same  periodic  schedule  as prior to the
Effective Date, and (II) benefits under group health and life insurance plans in
which the  Executive  participated  prior to the  Effective  Date, to the extent
permissible  under the  terms of such  plans to do so.  Except  as  specifically
provided  herein,  no other  payments or benefits will be furnished or paid, and
all  contributions  or  deductions,  if  any  (other  than  deductions  made  in
connection with the benefits  specifically  provided for herein,  if any), shall
cease as of the Effective Date.

         4. Confidentiality.  The Executive  specifically  acknowledges that all
information pertaining to the Company or its business received by him during the
course of his employment that has been designated confidential by the Company or
has not been made publicly  available is the exclusive  property of the Company,
and the Executive agrees that during and after his employment by the Company, he
will not disclose any of such  information  without the prior written consent of
the Board to anyone not  employed  by the  Company or engaged by the  Company to
render  services to it. The Executive  further  agrees that he will not use such
information  for his own  benefit  or the  benefit  of any party  other than the
Company. This Section 4 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

         5. Executive's  Covenants.  The Executive  agrees that,  subject to the
terms and conditions of this  Agreement,  in the event of a Potential  Change in
Control  during the term of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  will remain in the
employ of the Company  following the occurrence of such event until the earliest
of (i) six months from the date of such  Potential  Change in Control,  (ii) the
date of a Change in Control,  (iii) the date of  termination by the Executive of
his  employment for Good Reason  (determined  by treating a Potential  Change in
Control as a Change in Control in applying the  definition of Good Reason) or by
reason of death or  Retirement,  or (iv) the  termination  by the Company of the
Executive's employment for any reason.

         6.  Compensation  Upon Termination  Following a Change in Control.  If,
within  thirty  (30) months  after the  occurrence  of a Change in Control,  the
Executive's  employment is  terminated  other than (i) by the Company for Cause,
(ii) by  reason of  death,  Total  Disability,  or  Retirement,  or (iii) by the
Executive  without Good Reason,  then, in addition to all obligations  otherwise
owing to the Executive on the Effective  Date,  the Company shall pay or provide
to the Executive within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date the following: (I)
a lump sum amount equal to the product of 2.5 and the sum of (a) the Executive's
then  Regular  Annual  Salary,  and (b) the annual  amount that would be paid to
Executive  pursuant to the  Company's  Performance  Bonus Plan assuming that all
performance  levels had been  achieved at maximum  levels;  (II) for a period of
thirty (30) months  following the Effective Date, (A) the continuation of health
insurance,  life insurance,  and disability insurance benefits substantially the
same as any  such  benefits  provided  to  Executive  immediately  prior  to the
Effective Date by the Company under group insurance  plans or otherwise,  to the
extent  permissible  under the terms of such plans to do so and if such coverage
is not permitted,  amounts necessary for premium payments for such coverage; (B)
the continuation of Executive's car allowance,  and club membership fees, if any
(or an  amount  sufficient  to  cover  such  continued  car  allowance  and club
membership  fees); and (III) the Tax Gross-Up Amount,  if applicable.  Except as
specifically provided herein, no other payments or benefits will be furnished or
paid, and all contributions or deductions, if any (other than deductions made in
connection with the benefits  specifically  provided for herein,  if any), shall
cease as of the Effective Date.

                   The  Executive's  employment  shall be  deemed  to have  been
terminated  following a Change in Control by the Company without Cause or by the
Executive  with Good  Reason  (i) if  terminated  prior to a Change  in  Control
without  Cause at the  direction  of a person or entity who or that has  entered
into an agreement with the Company the  consummation  of which will constitute a
Change in Control or (ii) if the Executive  terminates his employment  with Good
Reason prior to a Change in Control  (determined by treating a Potential  Change
in Control as a Change in Control in applying the  definition of Good Reason) if
the  circumstance or event that  constitutes Good Reason occurs at the direction
of such person or entity.

         7. Not an Employment  Agreement;  Superceding  Effect.  This  Agreement
shall not be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment.
This Agreement shall supercede any severance  agreement  previously entered into
or  obligation  otherwise  agreed to between the parties  hereto with respect to
severance payments.

         8.    Successors; Binding Agreement.

                   (a) In  addition to any  obligations  imposed by law upon any
successor to the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct
or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or  otherwise)  to all or
substantially  all of the business or assets (or a  combination  thereof) of the
Company  expressly  to assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same
manner and to the same extent  that the Company  would be required to perform it
if no such  succession  had taken  place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the  Executive  the  payments
described in Section 5 that would be payable upon  termination  by the Executive
for Good Reason immediately after a Change in Control.

                   (b)  This  Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit  of and be
enforceable by the Executive's  legal  representatives  and other  successors in
interest,  provided that this  Agreement  may not be assigned by  Executive.  If
Executive  dies while any amount  (other  than an amount that by its terms is to
terminate  upon his death)  would  still be payable to him  hereunder  if he was
still living,  all such amounts shall be paid in accordance  with this Agreement
to the executors, personal representatives, or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

         9. Fees. The Company shall pay to Executive all legal fees and expenses
incurred by Executive as a result of Executive's  termination (including al such
fees  and  expenses,  if any,  incurred  in  contesting  or  disputing  any such
termination  or in seeking to or in connection  with any tax audit or proceeding
to the extent  attributable  to the  application of Section 4999 of the Code, to
any payment or benefit provided hereunder) unless such termination is (i) by the
Company for Cause; (ii) by reason of death,  total disability or retirement,  or
(iii) by the Executive without Good Reason.

         10.  Miscellaneous.  No  provision of this  Agreement  may be modified,
waived,  or  discharged  unless so agreed by the parties in  writing.  No waiver
shall be deemed a waiver of the same or any other  provision  at the same or any
other  time.  This  Agreement  sets forth the entire  agreement  of the  parties
regarding its subject  matter.  This Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Missouri  other than the conflicts of law provisions  thereof.  All
payments provided for hereunder shall be made net of any applicable  withholding
requirements of federal, state, or local law. The invalidity or unenforceability
of  any  provision  of  this   Agreement   shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed or caused to be executed
this Agreement as of the date set forth above.



                          MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION



                          By:_______________________________
                          Title:____________________________


                          Executive:


                          ----------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17
                            MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION

                   FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT



Harris Trust and Savings Bank
Chicago, Illinois
Mercantile Bank National Association
St. Louis, Missouri
Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to that certain  Secured Credit  Agreement  dated as of
September 18, 1998 (the "Credit Agreement") among the undersigned, Maverick Tube
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  you (the "Banks") and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as agent for the Banks (the "Agent"). All defined
terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Credit  Agreement unless
otherwise defined herein.

The  Borrower,  the Agent and the Banks  wish to amend the  definition  of Fixed
Charge  Coverage  Ratio and to modify  certain other terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

Section 1.        Amendments to Credit Agreement.
Upon  satisfaction  of all of the  conditions  precedent  set forth in Section 2
hereof, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

         1.1.  Section  4.1 of the Credit  Agreement  shall be amended by adding
thereto the following definitions:

         "Consolidated  Net Income  Available for Fixed Charges" shall mean, for
         any period,  earnings before interest and taxes plus  depreciation  and
         amortization  plus operating  lease expenses less capital  expenditures
         (excluding,  in any event, (i) any  expenditures  arising from the PMAC
         Acquisition to the extent and only to the extent such expenditures were
         contemplated by the terms of the Acquisition Documents and (ii) capital
         expenditures  incurred in connection with the PMAC  Acquisition  during
         the  Borrower's  Fiscal  Year  1999  in an  amount  not  in  excess  of
         $5,600,000)  plus, for the Borrower's  fiscal quarters ending September
         30, 1998, December 31, 1998, March 31, 1999 and June 30, 1999, software
         and  development  related  charges  incurred  during the fourth  fiscal
         quarter of the  Borrower's  Fiscal Year 1998 in an amount not in excess
         of $1,600,000,  all determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
         principles, consistently applied.

         "Fixed  Charges"  shall mean,  for any period,  interest  expense  plus
         operating lease expenses and all principal  payments under  Capitalized
         Leases  plus  current  scheduled  maturities  of all  indebtedness  for
         borrowed money other than the Revolving Credit Loans, all determined on
         a  consolidated   basis  for  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  consistently
         applied.

         1.2. The  definition  of "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio"  appearing in
Section  4.1 of the Credit  Agreement  shall be amended in its  entirety  and so
amended shall be restated to read as follows:

         "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall mean, at any time the same is to be
         determined,  the ratio of (a)  Consolidated  Net Income  Available  for
         Fixed Charges,  for the four most recently completed fiscal quarters of
         the Borrower,  to (b) Fixed Charges,  for the same four fiscal quarters
         of the Borrower.

         1.3.  Section  7.12 of the  Credit  Agreement  shall be  amended in its
entirety and as amended shall be restated to read as follows:

         Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The Borrower,  as of the close of
         any fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower,  will not permit its Fixed Charge
         Coverage  ratio to be less than (i) 1.0 to 1 for each of the Borrower's
         fiscal quarters ended September 30, 1998,  December 31, 1998, March 31,
         1999 and June 30, 1999,  and (ii) 1.25 to 1 for each fiscal  quarter of
         the Borrower thereafter.

         1.4.  Schedule I to the Compliance  Certificate of the Credit Agreement
shall be amended in its entirety and as so amended  shall be restated to read as
set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

Section 2.        Conditions Precedent.

The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of all of the
following conditions precedent:

         2.1. The  Borrower,  the Agent and the Banks shall have  executed  this
Amendment (such execution may be in several counterparts and the several parties
hereto may execute on separate counterparts).

         2.2. A Guarantor's Consent for the benefit of the Banks shall have been
executed and delivered to the Agent, a form of which is attached hereto.

         2.3. The Borrower shall be in full compliance with all of the terms and
conditions of the Loan  Documents  and no Event of Default or Potential  Default
shall have  occurred and be  continuing  thereunder or shall result after giving
effect to this Amendment.

         2.4.  Legal  matters  incident to the  execution  and  delivery of this
Amendment shall be satisfactory to each of the Banks and their legal counsel.

         2.5.  The Agent  shall  have  received  payment by the  Borrower  of an
amendment fee in the amount of $5,000 for the ratable benefit of the Banks.

Section 3.        Representations And Warranties.

The Borrower, by its execution of this Amendment, hereby certifies and  warrants
the following:

         (a) each of the representations and warranties set forth  in  Section 5
of the Credit  Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as if made on
the date  hereof,  except that the  representations  and  warranties  made under
Section 5.2 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent annual report  furnished
to the Banks by the Borrower; and

         (b) the  Borrower  is in full  compliance  with  all of the  terms  and
conditions of the Credit Agreement and no Event of Default or Potential  Default
has occurred and is continuing thereunder.


Section 4.        Miscellaneous.

         4.1. The Borrower has  heretofore  executed and  delivered to the Agent
the Security Agreement and the Borrower hereby agrees that  notwithstanding  the
execution and delivery  hereof,  such Security  Agreement shall be and remain in
full force and effect and that any rights and remedies of the Agent  thereunder,
obligations  of the  Borrower  thereunder  and any liens or  security  interests
created or provided for thereunder shall be and remain in full force and effect,
shall not be affected,  impaired or  discharged  thereby and shall secure all of
its  indebtedness,  obligations and liabilities to the Agent and the Banks under
the Credit  Agreement as amended hereby.  Nothing herein  contained shall in any
manner affect or impair the priority of the liens and security interests created
and provided for by the Security Agreement as to the indebtedness which would be
secured thereby prior to giving effect hereto.
         4.2. Reference to this specific Amendment need not be made in any note,
document,  letter,  certificate,  any security  agreement,  or any communication
issued  or made  pursuant  to or  with  respect  to the  Credit  Agreement,  any
reference  to the  Credit  Agreement  being  sufficient  to refer to the  Credit
Agreement as amended hereby.
         4.3. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
by the different parties on different counterparts,  all of which taken together
shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement.  Any of the  parties  hereby may
execute  this  agreement  by  signing  any  such  counterpart  and  each of such
counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original.  This agreement
shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Illinois.
         4.4.  The Borrower  agrees to pay all  reasonable  costs and  expenses,
including without limitation  attorneys fees,  incurred by the Agent and each of
the  Banks  in  connection  with the  preparation,  negotiation,  execution  and
delivery of this Amendment and the other  documents  contemplated  hereby.  Upon
acceptance  hereof  by the Agent and the  Banks in the  manner  hereinafter  set
forth,  this  Amendment  shall  be  a  contract  between  us  for  the  purposes
hereinabove set forth.

Dated as of December 10, 1998.
MAVERICK TUBE CORPORATION


By  /s/ Gregg Eisenberg
Its  President



Accepted and agreed to as of the day and year last above written.


HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
individually and as Agent


By   /s/ Donald Busse
Its Vice President



MERCANTILE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


By   /s/ David Higbee
Its Vice President

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 13

MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS

Principal Market

The  Company's  common  stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share,  is  traded  on the
NASDAQ/National Market System under the symbol "MAVK."

Stock Price and Dividend Information

The high and low closing  sales prices on the  NASDAQ/National  Market System of
the Company's Common Stock during the first,  second,  third and fourth quarters
of fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1997, respectively, were as follows:
                              Fiscal 1998                Fiscal 1997
        Quarter               High     Low               High     Low

        First                50 3/4   20 5/16            8 1/4    5 5/8
        Second               25 3/4   14 5/8             9 1/2    6 1/8
        Third                18 3/8   10 9/16           19 3/8    8 3/4
        Fourth               11 1/4    5 3/8            41 3/4   17 1/8

The Company has not  declared or paid cash  dividends  on its common stock since
its  incorporation.  The Company currently intends to retain earnings to finance
the growth and development of its businesses and does not anticipate paying cash
dividends in the near future.  Any payment of cash  dividends in the future will
depend upon the financial  condition,  capital  requirements and earnings of the
Company as well as other factors the Board of Directors may deem  relevant.  The
Company's Revolving Credit Facility with commercial lenders restricts the amount
of dividends the Company can pay to its stockholders.

Approximate Number of Holders of Common Stock

There were 299 holders of record of the  Company's  common stock as of September
30, 1998.





                                Maverick Tube Corporation and Subsidiaries

                                     Historical Financial Information

The  following   selected   financial   data  are  derived  from  the  Company's
consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent  auditors.  The selected data should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information
included herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Year Ended September 30
                                             1998           1997           1996(2)        1995(1)        1994
                                                              (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>    


Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales                                $  265,389     $  291,060     $  204,182     $  167,896     $  124,843
Cost of goods sold                          232,038        252,803        182,042        159,865        117,833
Gross profit                                 33,351         38,257         22,140          8,031          7,010
Selling, general and administrative          13,210         13,966         10,198          7,728          4,896
Write-down of software costs                  1,605             --             --             --             --
Total selling, general and
   administrative                            14,815         13,966         10,198          7,728          4,896
Structural start-up costs                        --             --             --            245            392
Income from operations                       18,536         24,291         11,942             58          1,722
Interest expense                              1,731          2,067          2,522          3,164          1,125
Other income                                     --             --             --            772             --
Income (loss) before income taxes            16,805         22,224          9,420         (2,334)           597
Provision for income taxes                    5,420          7,339          1,882             --            168
Net income (loss)                           $11,385        $14,885         $7,538        $(2,334)          $429
Diluted earnings (loss) per share             $0.73          $0.97          $0.50         $(0.16)         $0.04

Weighted average common
   shares outstanding                    15,564,325     15,281,653     15,000,812     14,920,274     12,844,822

Other Data:
Depreciation and amortization                 6,172          5,697          5,201          4,691          3,395
Capital expenditures                         22,181          9,537          5,497          5,592         20,759

Balance Sheet Data:
(End of period)
Working capital                              60,362         44,992         32,652         30,272         23,111
Total assets                                156,885        162,064        125,556        106,494         99,434
Current maturities of long-term debt            653            604          1,843          2,795          1,880
Long-term debt (less current maturities)      8,226          8,879         11,901         18,045         19,640
Revolving credit facility                    27,400         10,000         13,250         15,000          4,000
Stockholders' equity                         90,063         77,868         57,247         49,503         51,837
<FN>

(1)   Includes  the first  period  of  results  of  operation  of the  Company's
      structural tube facility which began operations in October 1994.
(2)   Includes the one-time  effect of the change in accounting  practice  which
      resulted in a reduction in net sales,  gross profit,  net income and basic
      and  diluted  net  income  per  common  share of  $8,700,000,  $1,000,000,
      $839,000 and $0.06, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

Certain  statements  contained in the  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  regarding  matters that are not
historical facts (including  statements as to the beliefs or expectations of the
Company) are forward-looking statements. Because such forward-looking statements
include risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those
expressed  or  implied  by  such   forward-looking   statements.   For  example,
uncertainty continues to exist as to future levels and volatility of oil and gas
price  expectations  and their  effect on  drilling  levels  and  demand for the
Company's energy related products, the future impact of industry-wide draw-downs
of inventories and future import levels. Uncertainty also exists as to the trend
and direction of both product  pricing and purchased  steel costs.  Reference is
made to the "Risk Factors" discussed in Exhibit 99.1 of Maverick's Form 10-K for
its fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.

OVERVIEW

The Company's  products consist of Electric  Resistance Welded (ERW) Oil Country
Tubular Goods (OCTG) and line pipe which are sold primarily to distributors  who
supply end users in the energy industry and structural  tubing and standard pipe
which  are  sold   primarily  to  service   centers  who  supply  end  users  in
construction,  transportation, agriculture and other industrial uses. Demand for
the Company's energy related  products depends  primarily upon the number of oil
and natural gas wells being drilled in the United  States and Canada,  the depth
and  drilling  conditions  of these wells,  and the number of well  completions,
which are in turn  primarily  dependent on oil and natural gas prices.  Domestic
consumption  of OCTG is supplied by domestic  and  foreign  pipe  producers  and
draw-downs of existing  inventories held by distributors  and end users.  Demand
for the Company's  industrial  related  products depends on the general level of
economic activity in the United States and draw-downs of existing inventories.

According  to  published  reports,  domestic  drilling,  the  primary  factor in
determining demand for the Company's OCTG products, remained relatively constant
from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. Gas related  drilling  increased  11.1% and oil
related drilling  declined 16.6%.  Average energy prices decreased during fiscal
1998, with gas decreasing 8.5% and oil decreasing 25.7%. The decreases in energy
prices had a negative  effect on drilling levels in the third and fourth quarter
of fiscal 1998 with the rig count  falling by 7.4% and 20.0%,  respectively.  At
the end of fiscal  1998,  drilling  was at 754 rigs,  down 24.4% from its fiscal
1997 year-end level of 998 rigs.  Management  estimates that consumption of OCTG
per rig rose by an  estimated  3.0%  during  fiscal  1998 due to  increased  rig
efficiency and higher completion rates.

Competition from imports  increased during fiscal 1998 from a 17.2% market share
in  1997  to  18.7%.   Management  believes  that  this  increase  is  primarily
attributable  to higher  OCTG prices in the United  States  during the first six
months of the year.  Industry  inventory build positively  impacted  demand,  as
increases in inventories resulted in additional demand of 3.1% of total domestic
OCTG  consumption.  However,  this is significantly  below the 14.2% demand from
inventory build in 1997, reflecting the downturn in drilling in 1998 as compared
to increased drilling activity during 1997.  Management  believes that the ratio
of inventories to current consumption rates is out of balance at fiscal year-end
1998, as months of supply of inventory  have increased by  approximately  30% to
7.3 months.


As a result of relatively constant drilling activity,  increased imports,  and a
relatively  small  increase  in  inventories,  management  estimates  that total
domestic  shipments of OCTG declined  during fiscal 1998 by 11.5% as compared to
fiscal  1997.  Maverick's  shipments  of OCTG were down 21.5%  primarily  due to
decreased exports to Canada, where the downturn in drilling was more significant
than in the United States.  Management  estimates that Maverick's  domestic OCTG
market share decreased to 13% during fiscal 1998 from 14% during fiscal 1997.

Published  information  suggests  that  demand  for line pipe was also up during
fiscal 1998 by an estimated  27.1%.  However,  domestic  shipments  only rose by
21.1% as import competition rose from 37.4% to 40.3%.

Management  estimates  that the demand for  structural  tube products  (commonly
referred to as hollow  structural  sections or HSS) of the type  produced by the
Company increased by 13.1% in fiscal 1998 and total domestic producer  shipments
rose by 13.0% as import market share remained relatively constant.  According to
published  reports,  the standard pipe market demand increased 4.1%, while total
domestic  producer  shipments  declined  by  0.6%  as the  import  market  share
increased from 24.9% to 28.3%.

Pricing of the  Company's  products was mixed  during the year.  Pricing of OCTG
rose by  approximately  4.9% due to increased  product pricing early in the year
and a favorable  product mix.  However,  OCTG pricing  during the fourth  fiscal
quarter was down 3.4%. Line and standard  product pricing  decreased by 4.5% and
2.7%,  respectively,  primarily  due to high  levels of imports in fiscal  1998.
Structural product pricing remained relatively constant.

Steel costs included in cost of goods sold  decreased  during fiscal 1998 by $18
per ton, or 5.3%.  Replacement costs for steel fluctuated during the year as the
cost increased by $10 per ton in February and remained at that level until July.
However,  the  Company's  major  supplier  of steel has  announced  three  price
decreases since  mid-September,  reducing the Company's current replacement cost
of steel by $50 per ton.  Based on year-end  inventory  levels and the  recently
announced price decreases, the Company estimates that such price reductions will
be fully  reflected in the Company's  cost of goods sold in the third quarter of
fiscal 1999. The supply of steel in the United States has increased dramatically
in 1998,  primarily due to previous  capacity  additions  and  increased  import
levels due largely to the  strengthening  of the dollar in  comparison  to other
world  currencies.  The Company  anticipates that these market conditions should
help keep steel costs  relatively  low during 1999.  However,  steel trade cases
filed  with  the  International  Trade  Commission  in  September,   1998  could
negatively impact the Company's future replacement cost of steel.

The  OCTG  market  conditions  described  above  impacted  the  Company  and its
competitors significantly during 1998, as sales were substantially reduced later
in the year due to the rapid fall in oil prices  and the  resulting  significant
decrease in drilling activity. Consequently, industry-wide inventory levels were
excessive.  Inventory  reductions in the fourth fiscal quarter  sharply  reduced
domestic shipments.  As the Company's recent experience  indicates,  oil and gas
prices are volatile and can have a substantial  effect upon drilling  levels and
resulting  demand for the Company's  energy related  products.  Uncertainty also
exists as to the future demand  levels and pricing for HSS and other  industrial
related  products.  Although the Company  believes that  drilling  activity will
ultimately recover from the currently depressed level, no assurance can be given
regarding the timing and extent of such recovery.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented,  certain  information
relating to the  operations  of the Company  expressed  as a  percentage  of net
sales:

                                         Year Ended September 30,
                                      1998              1997             1996
Net sales                            100.0%            100.0%           100.0%

Cost of goods sold                    87.4              86.9             89.2
                                   ------------------------------------------

Gross profit                          12.6              13.1             10.8

Selling, general and
   administrative                      5.0               4.8              5.0

Loss on write-down of software
   development costs                    .6                --               --
                                        ----------------------------------------

Total selling, general and
   administrative                      5.6               4.8              5.0
                                       --------------------------------------

Income from operations                 7.0               8.3              5.8

Interest expense, net                   .7                .7              1.2
                                   ------------------------------------------

Income before
   income taxes                        6.3               7.6              4.6

Provision for income taxes             2.0               2.5               .9
                                   ------------------------------------------

Net income                             4.3               5.1              3.7
                                   ==========================================

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
1997

Overall Company

In fiscal 1998, net sales decreased  $25.7 million,  or 8.8%, from the preceding
fiscal year. These results were attributable  primarily to a decrease of 8.9% in
total  product  shipments,  from  469,958 tons in fiscal 1997 to 428,216 tons in
fiscal 1998. Overall average selling prices remained  relatively constant during
fiscal 1998.

Cost of goods sold decreased $20.8 million,  or 8.2%, in fiscal 1998 as compared
to fiscal  1997.  The overall  decrease was due  primarily to decreased  product
shipments.  However,  the overall unit cost per ton of products  sold  increased
0.7% (from an average of $538 to $542 per ton) in fiscal 1998. This increase was
due primarily to an increase in conversion  costs from a higher costing  product
mix and less  favorable  fixed  cost  absorption  due to lower  production.  The
increase in  conversion  costs was mostly offset by a decrease in steel costs by
$18 per ton, or 5.3% in fiscal 1998. See "Overview."

Gross profit  decreased  $4.9 million,  or 12.8%,  in fiscal 1998 as compared to
fiscal  1997.  Gross  profit as a  percentage  of net sales was 12.6% for fiscal
1998, as compared to 13.1% for fiscal 1997.

Selling,  general and administrative  expenses increased $849,000, or 6.1%, from
fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. These expenses increased  principally as a result of
the  write-down  of software  development  costs of $1.6 million in fiscal 1998.
These  costs were also  increased  by higher  sales  commissions  on  industrial
products sales and partially offset by decreased employee incentive compensation
and decreased  selling expenses related to lower energy sales volumes.  Selling,
general and administrative  expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from
4.8% in fiscal 1997 to 5.6% in fiscal 1998.

Interest  expense  decreased  $336,000,  or 16.3%, in fiscal 1998 as compared to
fiscal 1997 as a result of  decreased  average  borrowings,  decreased  interest
rates and  additional  amounts of interest  expense  capitalized on additions to
property,  plant and equipment.  The decreased  borrowings were  principally the
result of principal repayments from funds generated from operations.

The provision for income taxes decreased $1.9 million in fiscal 1998 as compared
to fiscal 1997 as a result of the reduced  level of income  before  income taxes
recorded in fiscal  1998,  as compared to fiscal 1997.  As  permitted  under the
provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes,"  realization of the Company's  deferred tax asset
related to net operating  loss  carryforwards  depends on generating  sufficient
taxable  income prior to their  expiration.  Management  believes  that based on
historical  results,  it is more likely than not that the Company will  generate
sufficient  future  taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets related to
net operating losses prior to their expiration.

At  September  30,  1998,   the  Company  had   available  net  operating   loss
carryforwards  of $2.3 million which it may use to offset future taxable income,
of which $1.2 million is available in 1999. In addition,  at September 30, 1998,
the  Company  had  alternative  minimum  tax credit  carryforwards  of  $598,000
available for income tax purposes.  See Note 8 of the Notes to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements as of September 30, 1998.

As a result of the foregoing factors, net income decreased $3.5 million from net
income of $14.9 million,  or $0.97 diluted earnings per share, in fiscal 1997 to
net income of $11.4  million,  or $0.73  diluted  earnings per share,  in fiscal
1998.

Energy Products Segment

Energy  product sales  decreased  $39.0  million,  or 17.4%,  from the preceding
fiscal year.  OCTG product  shipments  decreased  66,282  tons,  or 21.5%,  from
308,428 to 242,146.  The Company's  domestic shipments of OCTG fell 14.7% due to
excessive levels of industry  inventory and a declining rig count throughout the
fiscal year.  The  Company's  export  sales,  primarily to Canada,  decreased by
37.1%,  from  41,092  tons in fiscal  1997 to 25,866  tons in  fiscal  1998,  as
Canadian  drilling  activity fell from 410 rigs at the end of fiscal 1997 to 187
at the end of fiscal 1998.  Line pipe shipments  decreased by 20.4%  principally
due to  increased  import  penetration.  The  average  selling  price for energy
products was $702, an increase of $34 per ton. The increase was  principally due
to higher  product  pricing  early in the year and  improved mix of higher value
products.

Energy products cost of goods sold decreased $30.6 million,  or 15.9%,  from the
preceding fiscal year. Gross profit for energy products decreased  approximately
$8.4 million or 27.0%.  Energy  products gross profit  percentage was 12.3%,  as
compared to 13.9% in fiscal 1997.

Industrial Products Segment

Industrial  products sales increased $13.4 million, or 19.9%, from the preceding
fiscal year. Industrial products shipments increased 22.2%, from 135,029 tons in
fiscal  1997 to  164,973  tons in fiscal  1998.  The  average  selling  price of
industrial  products  was $488,  a decrease of $10 per ton.  This  decrease  was
principally due to the decline in standard pipe pricing caused by an increase in
the level of imported product.

Industrial  products costs of goods sold increased $9.8 million,  or 16.3%, from
the preceding  fiscal year.  Industrial  products  gross profit  increased  $3.5
million,  or 49.9%.  The improved  gross profit was  primarily  attributable  to
declining steel costs and improved  operating  efficiencies  during fiscal 1998,
partially  offset by slightly lower selling  prices.  Industrial  products gross
profit percentage was 13.1%, as compared to 10.5% in fiscal 1997.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1997 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
1996

Overall Company

In fiscal 1997, net sales increased $86.9 million,  or 42.5%, from the preceding
fiscal year. These results were  attributable  primarily to an increase of 36.1%
in total product shipments,  from 345,232 tons in fiscal 1996 to 469,958 tons in
fiscal  1997.  Total  sales and total  shipments  were  positively  impacted  by
Maverick's  strengthened  position in the industrial  products  market.  Overall
average selling prices  increased during fiscal 1997 by 4.7% (from an average of
$591 to $619 per ton).  This increase  augmented the increase in volume of total
sales.

Cost of goods sold increased $70.8 million, or 38.9%, in fiscal 1997 as compared
to fiscal  1996.  The overall  increase was due  primarily to increased  product
shipments.  However,  the overall unit cost per ton of products  sold  increased
2.0% (from an average of $527 to $538 per ton) in fiscal 1997. This increase was
due  primarily  to an  increase  in  delivered  steel costs in the first half of
fiscal 1997,  resulting in an increase in the average  prime steel cost of goods
sold of $17 per ton.  See  "Overview."  The  increase  in steel costs was offset
somewhat by the operating  efficiencies  achieved by Maverick and improved fixed
cost absorption.

Gross profit  increased  $16.1 million,  or 72.8%, in fiscal 1997 as compared to
fiscal  1996.  Gross  profit as a  percentage  of net sales was 13.1% for fiscal
1997, as compared to 10.8% for fiscal 1996.

Selling,  general and administrative  expenses increased $3.7 million, or 36.9%,
from fiscal 1996 to fiscal  1997.  These  expenses  increased  principally  as a
result of increased employee incentive compensation, salary increases, increased
selling  expenses  related to higher  sales  volumes  and the  increase in sales
commissions on industrial products. Selling, general and administrative expenses
as a  percentage  of net sales  decreased  from  5.0% in fiscal  1996 to 4.8% in
fiscal 1997.

Interest  expense  decreased  $455,000,  or 18.0%, in fiscal 1997 as compared to
fiscal 1996 as a result of decreased  borrowings.  The decreased borrowings were
principally the result of principal repayments from internally generated funds.

The provision for income taxes increased $5.5 million in fiscal 1997 as compared
to fiscal 1996 as a result of the Company generating $12.8 million in additional
income before income taxes in fiscal 1997, as compared to fiscal 1996.

As a result of the foregoing factors, net income increased $7.4 million from net
income of $7.5  million,  or $0.51 per  share,  in fiscal  1996 to net income of
$14.9 million, or $0.97 per share, in fiscal 1997.

Energy Products Segment

Energy  product sales  increased  $76.3  million,  or 51.7%,  from the preceding
fiscal year. OCTG product  shipments  increased  108,036 tons, or 53.9%.  During
fiscal 1997,  an increase in  consumption  of OCTG resulted from the average rig
count  rising  by 146 or  19.2%  and a build  in  existing  inventories  held by
distributors.  Also export sales, primarily to Canada,  increased by 95.8%, from
20,985 tons in fiscal 1996 to 41,092 tons in fiscal 1997,  as Canadian  drilling
rose by 18.8%. Line pipe shipments decreased by 12.0% principally due to lack of
available  capacity at Maverick.  The average  selling price for energy products
was $668, an increase of $28 per ton. The increase was principally due to higher
product pricing and improved sales of higher value products.

Energy products cost of goods sold increased $62.3 million,  or 47.7%,  from the
preceding fiscal year. Gross profit for energy products increased  approximately
$14.1 million or 82.3%.  Energy  products gross profit  percentage was 13.9%, as
compared to 11.6% in fiscal 1996.

Industrial Products Segment

Industrial  products sales increased $10.6 million, or 18.6%, from the preceding
fiscal year. Industrial products shipments increased 17.7%, from 114,728 tons in
fiscal  1996 to  135,029  tons in fiscal  1997.  The  average  selling  price of
industrial  products  was $498,  an increase of $4 per ton.  This  increase  was
principally due to improved product pricing.

Industrial  products costs of goods sold  increased $8.5 million or 16.5%,  from
the preceding  fiscal year.  Industrial  products  gross profit  increased  $2.0
million  or  40.3%.  The  improved  gross  profit   percentages  were  primarily
attributable  to improved  product pricing and improved  operating  efficiencies
during fiscal 1997.  Industrial  products gross profit  percentage was 10.5%, as
compared to 8.9% in fiscal 1996.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Working capital at September 30, 1998 was $60.4 million and the ratio of current
assets to current  liabilities  was 3.3 to 1, as compared to September  30, 1997
when working  capital was $45.0  million and the current ratio was 1.7 to 1. The
increase in working capital was  principally due to a $19.2 million  decrease in
accounts  payable,  a $3.5  million  decrease  in accrued  expenses  and a $12.7
million  decrease  in  deferred  revenue,  partially  offset by a $12.2  million
decrease in accounts receivable and a $7.8 million decrease in inventories.  The
above changes in accounts  receivable,  inventories,  accounts payable,  accrued
expenses  and  deferred  revenue  are  due to the  decreased  volume  of  energy
business,  particularly  in the last half of the fiscal year.  Cash  provided by
operating  activities  for fiscal 1998 was $3.1 million.  The primary  source of
cash was net  income,  exclusive  of the  impact  of non cash  items  (primarily
depreciation, amortization and deferred income tax expense) of $18.7 million.

During fiscal 1997 and 1996,  net cash provided by operations  was $16.7 million
and $14.2  million,  respectively.  In these  years,  the net cash  provided  by
operations was primarily used to fund capital  expenditures  and the pay-down of
net long-term borrowings.

Cash  used in  investing  activities  in  fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 was $22.2
million, $9.4 million and $5.5 million, respectively. This use was primarily for
purchases of property,  plant,  and  equipment of $22.2  million (of which $11.5
million was spent on the  purchase  of the  production  facility  for cold drawn
mechanical  tubing),  $9.5 million and $5.5 million during fiscal 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

During fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996, cash provided (used) by financing  activities
was $17.0 million, ($5.0) million and ($8.6) million. Cash provided by financing
activities  in fiscal 1998 was  primarily  attributable  to a $17.4  million net
increase in the Company's Revolving Credit Facility used to fund the purchase of
the  production  facility  for cold drawn  mechanical  tubing and other  working
capital  needs.  The increase in the  Company's  Revolving  Credit  Facility was
offset by other regularly  scheduled term debt payments.  Cash used by financing
activities  in fiscal 1997 was primarily  attributable  to the pay-off of a $3.7
million  term note used to finance  the  relocation  of the energy  facility  to
Arkansas, a $3.3 million net decrease in the Company's Revolving Credit Facility
and other  regularly  scheduled  term debt  payments.  These debt pay-downs were
partially offset by $2.5 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options.
The cash used by financing activities in fiscal 1996 was primarily attributed to
the pay-off of a $5.5 million term note (the proceeds of which were used in 1995
to finance the  structural  facility)  and a $1.8  million  net  pay-down of the
Company's Revolving Credit Facility.

The Company's  capital  budget for fiscal 1999 is $16.5  million,  which will be
used to complete  and enhance the newly  purchased  cold drawn  mechanical  tube
facility, acquire new equipment for its existing manufacturing facilities and to
purchase and install a new  enterprise  resource  planning  system.  The Company
expects that it will meet its ongoing working  capital and capital  requirements
from a combination of cash flow from operations, including a $5.1 million income
tax refund,  which  constitutes  its primary source of liquidity,  and available
borrowings under its Revolving Credit Facility.

In September 1998, the Company entered into a new Revolving Credit Facility. The
Revolving  Credit Facility  provides for maximum  borrowings up to the lesser of
the eligible  borrowing base or $50.0 million,  and bears interest at either the
prevailing  prime rate or the Eurodollar  rate,  adjusted by an interest margin,
depending upon certain financial measurements.  The Revolving Credit Facility is
secured by the Company's accounts  receivable and inventories and will mature on
September 30, 2003. As of September 30, 1998, the  applicable  interest rate was
6.61 percent per annum, and the Company had $4.9 million in additional available
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company anticipates that the
borrowing base will expand during the year as the cold drawn  mechanical  tubing
facility  starts  operations  in the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  1999,  thereby
generating accounts receivable and inventory balances. As of September 30, 1998,
the Company had $748,000 in cash and cash equivalents.

Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure

The Company is in the implementation  phase of its conversion to a new Year 2000
compliant  enterprise  resource  planning  system which will replace and upgrade
many of the Company's older information systems, some of which are not Year 2000
compliant.  The integrated  information provided by this new system will enhance
the  Company's  ability  to make more  informed  decisions  regarding  sales and
inventory,  optimize  inventory  levels and minimize  costs.  Implementation  is
expected to be completed by the fourth fiscal quarter of 1999. The total cost of
the system  implementation,  including the cost of software and related internal
cost, is expected to be $4.7 million, of which  approximately  $700,000 has been
expended  through  September 30, 1998. In addition,  the Company is performing a
separate  evaluation of its other systems,  including its manufacturing  related
systems,  for Year 2000 compliance and is contacting its significant  customers,
suppliers  and  vendors  to  determine  their  Year  2000  compliance.  Business
interruption  caused by these  suppliers could  negatively  impact the Company's
operations. These evaluations and the conversion of these systems (if necessary)
are also  expected to be completed in the same time frame as the  implementation
of the Company's new enterprise  resource  planning system and the cost of these
procedures is not expected to be material.


Although the Company  believes that the plans  described  above will address its
Year 2000 issues and as a result, the Company will not be significantly impacted
by it, the Company has established a contingency plan to address  non-compliance
issues.  This plan involves the  utilization of various manual  procedures  that
bypass computer  applications  and may be utilized in the event of a significant
system  shutdown or if the Company faces problems with its customers,  suppliers
or vendors.  If the Company is required to implement its contingency  plan, such
action could have an adverse effect on the  operations,  liquidity and financial
condition of the Company.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Maverick Tube Corporation
                                              and Subsidiaries
                                        Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                     (In thousands, except share data)
                                                                                          September 30

                                                                                 1998                  1997
<S>                                                                    <C>                     <C>
Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                           $           748         $        2,886
   Accounts receivable, less allowances of $391
      and $388 in 1998 and 1997, respectively                                   15,515                 27,714
   Inventories                                                                  61,685                 69,436
   Deferred income taxes                                                         1,827                  5,104
   Income taxes refundable                                                       5,078                     --
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                     1,200                    798
                                                                       ----------------        --------------
Total current assets                                                            86,053                105,938

Property, plant and equipment                                                   69,879                 55,506
Other assets                                                                       953                    620
                                                                       ---------------         --------------
                                                                       $       156,885         $      162,064
                                                                       ===============         ==============
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                                    $        12,301         $       31,477
   Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                        9,153                 12,614
   Deferred revenue                                                              3,584                 16,251
   Current maturities of long-term debt                                            653                    604
                                                                       ---------------         --------------
Total current liabilities                                                       25,691                 60,946

Long-term debt, less current maturities                                          8,226                  8,879
Revolving credit facility                                                       27,400                 10,000
Deferred income taxes                                                            5,505                  4,371
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5, 11 and 12)                                  --                     --

Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000
   authorized shares                                                                --                     --
Common stock, $.01 par value; 40,000,000
   authorized shares; 15,437,474 and 15,410,974
   shares issued and outstanding in 1998 and 1997,
   respectively                                                                    154                    154
Additional paid-in capital                                                      44,216                 43,406
Retained earnings                                                               45,693                 34,308
                                                                       ---------------         --------------
                                                                                90,063                 77,868
                                                                       ---------------         --------------
                                                                       $       156,885         $      162,064
                                                                       ===============         ==============
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                            Maverick Tube Corporation
                                and Subsidiaries
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                      (In thousands, except per share data)


                                                      Year ended September 30
                                                  1998      1997          1996

Net sales                                      $265,389   $291,060     $204,182
Cost of goods sold                              232,038    252,803      182,042
                                               ---------------------------------
Gross profit                                     33,351     38,257       22,140

Selling, general and administrative              14,815     13,966       10,198
Income from operations                           18,536     24,291       11,942
Interest expense                                 (1,731)    (2,067)      (2,522)
                                               ---------------------------------
Income before income taxes                       16,805     22,224        9,420

Provision for income taxes                        5,420      7,339        1,882
                                               ---------------------------------
Net income                                     $ 11,385   $ 14,885     $  7,538
                                               =================================

Basic earnings per share                       $    .74   $    .99     $    .50
                                               =================================
Diluted earnings per share                     $    .73   $    .97     $    .50
                                               =================================

See accompanying notes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Maverick Tube Corporation
                                and Subsidiaries
                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                        (In thousands, except share data)


                                                                Common Stock
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Additional
                                                                                     Paid-in     Retained Earnings
                                                  Shares            Amount           Capital
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>                 <C>            <C>                 <C>   

Balance at October 1, 1995                       14,880,458          $149           $ 37,469            $11,885
   Net income                                            --            --                --               7,538
   Exercise of stock options                         63,684             1               205                  --
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at September 30, 1996                    14,944,142           150             37,674             19,423
   Net income                                            --            --                 --             14,885
   Exercise of stock options                        466,832             4              2,482                 --
   Tax benefit associated with the
      exercise of nonqualified stock
      options                                            --            --              3,250                 --
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at September 30, 1997                    15,410,974           154             43,406             34,308
   Net income                                            --            --                 --             11,385
   Exercise of stock options                         26,500            --                162                 --
   Tax benefit associated with the
      exercise of nonqualified stock
      options                                            --            --                648                 --
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at September 30, 1998                    15,437,474          $154           $ 44,216            $45,693
                                            ========================================================================

<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Maverick Tube Corporation
                                and Subsidiaries
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                 (In thousands)

                                                                            Year ended September 30
                                                                    1998               1997             1996
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>               <C>  

Operating activities
Net income                                                       $    11,385      $    14,885       $    7,538
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                     6,172            5,697            5,201
     Deferred income taxes                                             1,161            2,577              585
     Provision for losses on accounts receivable                           3               44              339
     Loss (gain) on sale of equipment                                     49               50               (3)
     Loss on write-down of software development costs
                                                                       1,605               --               --
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable                                            12,196           (9,358)             175
       Inventories                                                     7,751          (18,812)         (17,352)
       Prepaid expenses and other current assets                      (1,582)              59                5
       Other assets                                                     (381)             (67)             207
       Accounts payable                                              (19,176)           8,435            5,623
       Accrued expenses and other liabilities                         (3,461)           5,136            3,746
       Deferred revenue                                              (12,667)           8,075            8,176
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
Cash provided by operating activities                                  3,055           16,721           14,240

Investing activities
   Expenditures for property, plant and equipment                    (10,717)          (9,537)          (5,497)
   Expenditures for purchase of production facility                  (11,464)              --               --
   Proceeds from disposals of equipment                                   30               96                3
Collection of notes receivable                                            --               18               15
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
Cash used by investing activities                                    (22,151)          (9,423)          (5,479)
Financing activities
Proceeds from long-term borrowings and notes                         121,000            92,400          64,250
   Principal payments on long-term borrowings and notes
                                                                    (104,204)          (99,911)        (73,095)

                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                      16,796            (7,511)         (8,845)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                  162             2,486             206
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
Cash provided (used) by financing activities                          16,958            (5,025)         (8,639)

                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                      (2,138)            2,273             122
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                         2,886               613             491
                                                              -----------------------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         $       748       $     2,886      $      613
                                                              =====================================================


Supplemental  disclosures  of cash flow  information:  
Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest (net of amounts capitalized of $355, 
       $268 and $81)                                             $     1,733       $     2,138      $    2,677
     Income taxes                                                $     6,242       $     4,020      $    1,370
<FN>
See accompanying notes.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                   Maverick Tube Corporation and Subsidiaries

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of Maverick  Tube
Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries  (collectively  referred to as the
Company).  All  significant  intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have been
eliminated.

Revenue Recognition

The Company  records revenue from product sales when the product is shipped from
its  facilities.  Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company had recorded  revenue on
the sale of energy products to certain  customers at the time the goods were set
aside  for  storage  at the  customer's  request.  Included  in the  results  of
operations for the year ended  September 30, 1996 was a one-time  effect of this
change in practice which resulted in a reduction in net sales, gross profit, net
income  and basic  and  diluted  net  income  per  common  share of  $8,700,000,
$1,000,000, $839,000 and $0.06, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are principally valued at the lower of average cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property,  plant and equipment are stated on the basis of cost.  Depreciation is
computed  under the  straight-line  method over the  respective  assets'  useful
lives. Useful lives of the Company's assets are as follows:

           Land and leasehold improvements                10 to 20 years
           Buildings                                      20 to 40 years
           Transportation equipment                       4 to 5 years
           Machinery and equipment                        5 to 12 years
           Furniture and fixtures                         3 to 7 years


Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are provided on an asset and liability  method  whereby  deferred
tax assets are  recognized for deductible  temporary  differences  and operating
loss and other  tax  credit  carryforwards  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are
recognized for taxable  temporary  differences.  Temporary  differences  are the
differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax
bases.

Stock-Based Compensation

As permitted by Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 123,
"Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  the  Company  follows  Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion No. 25 and related  interpretations  in accounting for
its director and employee stock options.  The Company grants stock options for a
fixed number of shares to directors and employees  with an exercise  price equal
to the fair  value of the  shares  at the time of the  grant.  Accordingly,  the
Company has not  recognized  compensation  expense  for any of its stock  option
grants.  If the Company had elected to recognize  compensation cost based on the
fair value of the options  granted at the grant date as  prescribed  by SFAS No.
123,  net income and  earnings  per share for 1998,  1997 or 1996 would not have
been reduced by a material  amount.  The  compensation  cost associated with the
fair value of the options  calculated in 1998,  1997 and 1996 is not necessarily
representative of the potential effects on reported net income in future years.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management to periodically  make estimates and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Earnings per Common Share

Effective  December 31, 1997,  the Company  adopted SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings per
share."  SFAS No. 128  replaced  the  calculation  of primary and fully  diluted
earnings per share with basic and dilutive  earnings per share.  Basic  earnings
per share excludes any dilutive  effects of options.  Diluted earnings per share
is very similar to the previously reported fully diluted earnings per share. All
earnings per share amounts have been presented, and where appropriate,  restated
to conform to the SFAS No. 128 requirements.

The  reconciliation for diluted earnings per share for years ended September 30,
1998, 1997 and 1996 is as follows (in thousands):
                                               1998         1997          1996
                                             -----------------------------------

Average shares outstanding utilized in the
   computation of basic earnings per share   15,437        15,018         14,940

Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options    127           264             60
                                             -----------------------------------

Average shares utilized in
   the computation of diluted
   earnings per share                        15,564        15,282         15,000
                                             ===================================

Net income used in basic and diluted
   earnings per share                       $11,385       $14,885         $7,538
                                             ===================================

Business Segments

The Company's two identifiable  segments are energy products,  consisting of Oil
Country  Tubular Goods (OCTG) and line pipe products sold primarily to customers
in the  energy  industry,  and  industrial  products,  consisting  primarily  of
structural  tubing and standard pipe products.  Energy  products are used in the
completion of new wells and the handling and transporting of the oil and natural
gas  produced  from these  wells.  Industrial  products are sold to customers in
various industries including construction,  agriculture and transportation.  The
Company's  products are sold primarily to a network of distributors and are sold
throughout the United States and Canada.

Sales  commission  expenses  are  charged  directly to the  associated  business
segments.  Remaining selling,  general and administrative expenses are allocated
based upon the net sales dollars generated by each segment.

In  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  SFAS  No.  131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information." SFAS No.
131 specifies the presentation and disclosure  requirements for business segment
information.  The Company is required to adopt this statement in fiscal 1999 and
has  determined  that  SFAS  No.  131 will  have no  significant  impact  on the
Company's disclosures.

Cash Equivalents

The Company's  policy is to consider demand deposits and short-term  investments
with a maturity of three months or less when purchased as cash equivalents.

Financial Instruments

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and long-term debt  obligations.  The carrying value of amounts
reported  in the  consolidated  balance  sheets  for cash and cash  equivalents,
accounts  receivable and accounts payable  approximate fair value.  Management's
estimate of the fair value of long-term debt  obligations is discussed in Note 4
to the consolidated financial statements.

2.  Purchase of Production Facility

On September  18,  1998,  the Company  acquired  assets that will be used in the
production  of cold drawn  tubular  products  at a  production  facility in West
Mayfield,  Pennsylvania  from PMAC,  Ltd.  for  $11,464,000.  This  facility  is
expected to begin production during the Company's first quarter of fiscal 1999.

3.  Write-Down of Software Developments Costs

During the year ended  September 30, 1998, the Company  recorded a pretax charge
of $1,605,000 in selling,  general and administrative expense for the write-down
of certain  software  development  costs relating to  information  systems being
replaced by a new enterprise resource planning system.

4.  Stock Split

On August 1, 1997,  the Company  declared a two-for-one  stock split effected in
the form of a 100% stock dividend to all stockholders of record as of August 12,
1997.  The  dividend  was paid on August 21,  1997 and  increased  the number of
shares  outstanding  from  7,544,071 to  15,088,142.  Approximately  $75,000 was
transferred from retained earnings to common stock to record this dividend.  All
share  and  per  share  amounts,  including  stock  option  information,  in the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have been restated to reflect
this stock dividend.


5. Long-Term Debt and Revolving Credit Facility

Long-term  debt and  revolving  credit  facility at September  30, 1998 and 1997
consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  1998           1997
                                                                             ------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>

Capital lease  obligation,  secured by property,  plant and equipment  
(net book value  $9,359,000  at September 30,  1998);  payable in 
monthly  installments (including interest at 8.0%) of $59,479; final 
payment due on August 1, 2007                                                   $    4,540    $     4,875


Capital  lease  obligation,  secured  by  property  and plant  (net  
book  value $6,629,000 at September 30, 1998); interest of 7.5% 
payable monthly;  payable in monthly  principal  installments of 
approximately  $20,000 (plus interest) commencing on March 1, 1996; 
increasing to $31,250 in years two through seven and  increasing  
to $240,417 in year eight;  final payment due on February 1, 2004
                                                                                     4,339          4,608
Revolving credit notes, secured by all accounts receivable and 
inventories;  due on  September  30,  2003;  interest  payable  
monthly at either  prime or the Eurodollar  rate,  adjusted by an
interest  margin,  depending  upon  certain financial measurements
                                                                                    27,400         10,000
                                                                             ------------------------------
                                                                                    36,279         19,483
Less current maturities                                                               (653)          (604)
                                                                             ------------------------------
                                                                                $   35,626    $    18,879
                                                                             ==============================
</TABLE>


In September 1998, the Company entered a new revolving credit facility.  The new
revolving credit agreement provides for advances up to the lesser of $50,000,000
or the  eligible  borrowing  base  as  defined  in the  facility  agreement.  At
September 30, 1998, there was $27,400,000  outstanding under this line of credit
at an interest rate of 6.61 percent. In addition, the Company had an outstanding
letter of credit under this revolving  credit agreement of $350,000 at September
30, 1998 (which expires in September 1999).  Additional  available borrowings at
that date were $4,913,000. The agreement includes restrictive covenants relating
to levels of funded debt and other  financial  measurements  and  restricts  the
amount of dividends that can be paid on common stock. The revolving



5.  Long-Term Debt and Revolving Credit Facility (continued)

credit agreement  requires an annual commitment fee based upon certain financial
measurements.

The present  value of future  minimum  lease  payments  under the capital  lease
obligations as of September 30, 1998 is as follows (in thousands):

                                                              Present Value 
                        Total Minimum                         Minimum Lease
                        Lease Payments        Interest          Payments
                        --------------------------------------------------

1999                    $ 1,313                 $660                  $653
2000                      1,320                  612                   708
2001                      1,315                  555                   760
2002                      1,315                  493                   822
2003                      2,711                  371                 2,340
Thereafter                4,072                  476                 3,596
                        --------------------------------------------------
                        $12,046              $ 3,167               $ 8,879
                        ==================================================

Property, plant and equipment at September 30, 1998 and 1997 include $18,295,000
and  $17,483,000,   respectively,  under  leases  that  have  been  capitalized.
Accumulated  depreciation  for these assets was  $2,307,000  and  $1,815,000  at
September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The fair  value of the  Company's  long-term  debt is based on  estimates  using
discounted cash flow analyses, based on quoted market prices for similar issues.
The estimated fair value of debt at September 30, 1998 was $36,802,000.

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property,  plant and  equipment  at  September  30, 1998 and 1997 consist of the
following (in thousands):

                                                            1998           1997
                                                --------------------------------

    Land                                              $   1,520       $   1,519
    Land and leasehold improvements                       1,132             521
    Buildings                                            23,392          22,212
    Transportation equipment                              1,356           1,204
    Machinery and equipment                              71,534          54,470
    Furniture and fixtures                                2,838           2,780
                                                --------------------------------
                                                        101,772          82,706
    Less accumulated depreciation                       (31,893)        (27,200)
                                                --------------------------------
                                                      $  69,879       $  55,506
                                                ================================

7. Inventories

Inventories  at  September  30,  1998  and 1997  consist  of the  following  (in
thousands):

                                                       1998            1997  
                                                --------------------------------

Finished goods                                         $  34,674      $  41,188
Work-in-process                                            2,868          3,589
Raw materials                                             12,042         14,065
In-transit materials                                       7,003          6,911
Storeroom parts                                            5,098          3,683
                                                --------------------------------
                                                       $  61,685      $  69,436
                                                ================================

Finished   goods  at  September  30,  1998  and  1997  include   $3,538,000  and
$13,590,000, respectively of customer-obligated inventory.

8. Income Taxes

The  components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended  September
30, 1998, 1997 and 1996 are as follows (in thousands):

                                              1998          1997          1996
                                         ---------------------------------------

Current:
   Federal                                $  4,120        $3,804     $   1,297
   State                                       139           958            --
Deferred                                     1,161         2,577           585
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                          $  5,420        $7,339      $  1,882
                                         =======================================

The difference between the effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal income
tax rate for the years ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996 is explained as
follows (in thousands):

                                                1998         1997          1996
                                           -------------------------------------

Provision at statutory tax rate            $  5,714      $  7,845      $  3,203
State and local taxes, net of federal 
tax benefit                                     139           958            --
Alternative minimum tax                          --          (510)        1,282
Operating loss carryforwards                     --            --        (1,192)
Decrease in valuation allowance                  --        (1,147)       (1,590)
Benefit of foreign sales corporation           (354)           --            --
Other items                                     (79)          193           179
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           $  5,420      $  7,339      $  1,882
                                           =====================================

The  1997  decrease  in  the  valuation   allowance  relates  primarily  to  the
utilization of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.  Realization of the
Company's  deferred  tax assets is dependent on  generating  sufficient  taxable
income prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. Although
realization is not assured,  management believes it is more likely than not that
the net deferred tax assets will be realized.

Temporary  differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at
September 30, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                           1998           1997
                                                         ----------------------
Deferred tax assets:
      Various accrued liabilities and reserves           $1,280          $1,419
      Net operating loss carryforwards                      818           1,288
      Alternative minimum tax carryforwards                 598             390
      Tax benefit associated with the exercise
         of nonqualified stock options                       --           3,250
                                                         ------          ------
         Total deferred tax assets                        2,696           6,347

Deferred tax liabilities:
      Accelerated depreciation                            5,712           5,101
      Asset valuations                                      662             513
                                                         ------          ------
         Total deferred tax liabilities                   6,374           5,614
                                                         ------           -----
         Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)          $(3,678)         $  733
                                                         ======          ======

The  Company  has  available   acquired  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of
$2,320,000  at  September  30,  1998 which it may use to offset  future  taxable
income.   The  acquired  net  operating  loss   carryforwards   are  limited  to
approximately  $1,160,000 annually. Any unused amounts can be carried forward to
increase the limitation in the following  taxable year. These net operating loss
carryforwards  expire  in 2000.  The  total  carryforwards  will be  applied  to
financial statement earnings after temporary differences. At September 30, 1998,
the  Company  had  alternative  minimum  tax credit  carryforwards  of  $598,000
available for income tax purposes. These credit carryforwards do not expire.

9. Defined Contribution Plans

The Company  sponsors a defined  contribution  401(k) plan that is  available to
substantially  all employees.  The plan may be amended or terminated at any time
by the Board of Directors.  The Company,  although not required to, has provided
matching  contributions to the plan for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996 of $704,000, $590,000 and $343,000, respectively.

The Company also began  sponsoring  two  deferred  compensation  plans  covering
officers  and key  employees  in  1996.  One  plan  provides  for  discretionary
contributions based solely upon the Company's profitability and the individuals'
gross wages. The other plan provides for fixed contributions to certain officers
of the  Company.  The  Company  contribution  to these plans for the years ended
September  30,  1998,  1997  and  1996  was  $310,000,  $200,000  and  $192,000,
respectively.

10. Segment Information

The following table sets forth data for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996 for the reportable  industry segments of energy products and industrial
products.  Intersegment  sales are not material.  Identifiable  assets are those
used in the Company's operations in each segment.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Energy         Industrial
                                    Products         Products          Corporate          Total
<S>                               <C>               <C>                 <C>            <C>   
1998:

Net sales                         $184,824          $80,565             $    --        $265,389

Operating income (loss)             14,680            5,461              (1,605)*        18,536

Identifiable assets                 99,357           46,095              11,433         156,885

Depreciation and amortization        4,255            1,448                 469           6,172

Capital expenditures                 7,512           12,186               2,483          22,181

1997:

Net sales                         $223,879          $67,181             $    --        $291,060

Operating income                    17,641            6,650                  --          24,291

Identifiable assets                116,433           34,565              11,066         162,064

Depreciation and amortization        3,760            1,455                 482           5,697

Capital expenditures                 8,385               363                  789         9,537

1996:

Net sales                         $147,555          $56,627             $    --        $204,182

Operating income                    10,529            1,413                  --          11,942

Identifiable assets                 87,091           32,033               6,432         125,556

Depreciation and amortization        3,375            1,331                 495           5,201

Capital expenditures                 3,757              894                 846           5,497
<FN>

*        During  the year ended  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  recorded a
         pre-tax charge of $1.6 million in selling,  general and  administrative
         expense  for the  write-down  of  certain  software  development  costs
         relating to  information  systems  being  replaced by a new  enterprise
         resource planning system.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Transactions with one significant  energy customer for the years ended September
30, 1998 and 1996  represented  approximately 14 percent and 16 percent of total
sales, respectively.  Transactions with two significant energy customers for the
year ended  September  30, 1997  represented  approximately  25 percent of total
sales.

Export sales were  $18,828,000,  $26,665,000 and $13,244,000 for the years ended
September  30,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  These  energy  sales  were
primarily to Canadian customers.


11. Operating Leases

The Company  rents office  facilities  and  equipment  under  various  operating
leases.  Future minimum  payments  under  noncancellable  operating  leases with
initial or  remaining  terms in excess of one year,  are as follows at September
30, 1998 (in thousands):

                  1999                                $       2,142
                  2000                                        1,971
                  2001                                        1,687
                  2002                                        1,316
                  2003                                        1,357
                                                       -------------------
                                                      $       8,473
                                                       ===================

Rent expense for all operating  leases was  $1,937,000,  $1,222,000 and $973,000
for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

12. Contingencies

Various  claims,  incidental  to the ordinary  course of  business,  are pending
against the Company.  In the opinion of  management,  after  consultations  with
legal  counsel,  resolution  of these matters is not expected to have a material
effect on the accompanying financial statements.

13. Stock Option Plans

The Company  sponsors two  employee  stock option plans (the "1990 Plan" and the
"1994  Plan")  allowing  for  incentive  stock  options and  nonqualified  stock
options.  The Company also  sponsors a stock option plan for eligible  directors
(the "Director Plan") allowing for non-qualified  stock options.  The 1990 Plan,
1994 Plan and the  Director  Plan provide that  340,000,  1,000,000  and 200,000
shares, respectively,  may be issued under the plans at an option price not less
than the fair market  value of the stock at the time the option is granted.  The
1990 Plan,  1994 Plan, and the Director Plan expire in December  2000,  November
1999 and November 2004, respectively.  The options vest pursuant to the schedule
set forth for each option. Effective August 29, 1997, the Compensation Committee
of the Board of  Directors  removed the  exercise  restriction  with  respect to
certain  options  granted in 1995 which made them  immediately  exercisable.  At
September 30, 1998 and 1997, 607,500 and 272,500 shares were available for grant
under the option plans.

The fair value of the options granted was estimated at the date of grant using a
Black-Scholes   option  pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted  average
assumptions   for  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1998,  1997  and  1996,
respectively:  risk-free  interest rate of 5.57%,  5.53% and 6.05%;  no dividend
payments  expected;  volatility  factors  of the  expected  market  price of the
Company's  common  stock of  0.555,  0.478  and  0.478;  and a  weighted-average
expected life of the options of 7.2 years, 1.0 year and 4.7 years.

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded  options which have no vesting  restrictions  and are fully
transferable.  In  addition,  option  valuation  models  require  the  input  of
subjective  assumptions  including the expected stock price volatility.  Because
the Company's stock options have  characteristics  significantly  different from
those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input  assumptions
can materially  affect the fair value  estimate,  in management's  opinion,  the
existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair
value of its stock options.

The following table summarizes option activity and related information for years
ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                       Weighted         Weighted
                                                     Shares Under       Average          Average
                                                         Option        Exercise Price  Fair Value
         <S>                                            <C>               <C>                <C>

         Options outstanding at
            October 1, 1995                              798,000          $5.26
         Options exercised                               (63,684)          3.25
         Options expired                                (146,316)          5.37
         Options granted                                 284,000           5.29              $2.42
                                                         -------           ----
         Options outstanding at
            September 30, 1996                           872,000           5.39
         Options exercised                              (466,832)          5.33
         Options expired                                  (3,000)          5.92
         Options granted                                  37,500           8.50              $1.80
                                                          ------           ----
         Options outstanding at
            September 30, 1997                           439,668           5.71
         Options exercised                               (26,500)          6.13
         Options expired                                 (60,000)          5.31
         Options granted                                 125,000          15.11              $2.20
                                                         -------          -----
         Options outstanding at
            September 30, 1998                           478,168          $8.20
                                                         =======          =====
</TABLE>


The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
at September 30, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Options Outstanding                    Options Exercisable
Range of                                 Weighted-Average   Weighted-                        Weighted-
Exercise                                  Remaining         Average                           Average
Prices                     Options     Contractual Life    Exercise Price          Options   Exercise Price
<S>                    <C>               <C>                   <C>                  <C>          <C>

$4.00 to $5.88         181,986           3.4 years             $  4.57               71,986      $  5.44
$6.13 to $8.50         171,182           3.2                   $  7.00               81,182      $  7.42
$11.38 to $21.75       125,000           7.8                   $ 15.11               45,000      $ 21.75
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$4.00 to $21.75        478,168           4.5                   $  8.20              198,168      $  9.96
=========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

14. Shareholder Rights Plan

In  July  1998,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  common  stock
shareholder  rights plan ("Right") which entitles each  shareholder of record to
receive a dividend  distribution  of common stock upon the occurrence of certain
events. The Right becomes exercisable the day that a public announcement is made
that a person or group of  affiliated or  associated  persons has  acquired,  or
obtained  the  right  to  acquire,  beneficial  ownership  of 20% or more of the
outstanding  shares of common stock, or the tenth day following the commencement
of a tender  offer or  exchange  offer that would  result in a person or a group
becoming  the  beneficial  owners  of 20% or more of such  outstanding  share of
common stock. When exercisable,  each Right entitles the holder to purchase $100
worth of the  Company's  common  stock for $50.  Until a Right is  exercised  or
exchanged,  the  holder  thereof  will have no rights  as a  shareholder  of the
Company,  including,  without  limitation,  the right to receive dividends.  The
Right is subject to redemption by the Company's  Board of Directors for $.01 per
Right at any time prior to the date which a person or group acquires  beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of the Company's common stock or subsequent  thereto at
the option of the Board of Directors. The Rights expire July 23, 2008.

15. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The  results  of  operations  by quarter  for 1998 and 1997 were as follows  (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Quarter Ended
                                      December 31, 1997    March 31,      June 30, 1998     September 30,
                                                              1998                               1998
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
 1998
 Net sales                                 $  86,479       $  70,548        $  56,590        $  51,773
 Gross profit                                 13,774          10,329            5,671            3,578
 Net income (loss)                             6,570           4,707            1,330           (1,221)*
 Basic earnings (loss) per    share
                                               .43              .30              .09              (.08)*
 Diluted earnings (loss) per share
                                               .42              .30              .09              (.08)*

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Quarter Ended
                                      December 31, 1996    March 31,      June 30, 1997      September 30,
                                                              1997                               1997
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>              <C>              <C> 
 1997
 Net sales                                 $  64,190       $  66,920        $  74,669        $  85,281
 Gross profit                                  6,663           7,692            9,794           14,108
 Net income                                    2,608           2,978            3,938            5,361
 Basic earnings per share                      .18              .20              .26              .35
 Diluted earnings per share                    .18               .19              .25              .35
<FN>

*        During the quarter  ended  September 30, 1998,  the Company  recorded a
         pre-tax charge of $1.6 million in selling,  general and  administrative
         expense  for the  write-down  of  certain  software  development  costs
         relating to  information  systems  being  replaced by a new  enterprise
         resource planning system.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                         Report of Independent Auditors


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Maverick Tube Corporation

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Maverick Tube
Corporation and  subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period  ended  September  30,  1998.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Maverick Tube  Corporation and  subsidiaries at September 30, 1998 and 1997, and
the  consolidated  results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended  September  30,  1998,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Ernst & Young

St. Louis, Missouri
October 28, 1998

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 21




                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


                        Maverick Tube International, Inc.

                               Maverick Tube L.P.

                         Maverick Investment Corporation


<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 23.1
                          Independent Auditor's Consent


We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Maverick Tube  Corporation  of our report dated October 28, 1998,  and of the
reference to our firm under the caption "Historical Financial Information", both
included in the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders of Maverick Tube Corporation.

Our audits also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule of Maverick  Tube
Corporation  listed in Item 14(a).  This schedule is the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form  S-3  No.  33-56568)  of  Maverick  Tube  Corporation  and in the  related
Prospectus and in the  Registration  Statements  (Form S-8 No. 33-89526 and Form
S-8 No.  333-52621)  pertaining  to the Maverick  Tube  Corporation  Amended and
Restated 1990 Stock Option Plan, the Maverick Tube Corporation 1994 Stock Option
Plan, and the Maverick Tube  Corporation  Director Stock Option Plan of Maverick
Tube  Corporation  of our reports  dated  October 28, 1998,  with respect to the
consolidated  financial  statements  and schedule of Maverick  Tube  Corporation
included and incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the
year ended September 30, 1998.

/s/ Ernst & Young

St. Louis, Missouri
December 9, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                  OCT-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                    SEP-30-1998
<CASH>                                748
<SECURITIES>                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                      15,906
<ALLOWANCES>                          391
<INVENTORY>                        61,685
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   86,053
<PP&E>                            101,772 
<DEPRECIATION>                     31,893
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    156,885
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>              25,691
<BONDS>                                 0
                   0
                             0
<COMMON>                              154 
<OTHER-SE>                              0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>      156,885
<SALES>                           269,591
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  265,389
<CGS>                             232,038
<TOTAL-COSTS>                      14,815
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                  1,731
<INCOME-PRETAX>                    16,805
<INCOME-TAX>                        5,420
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                11,385
<DISCONTINUED>                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                       11,385
<EPS-PRIMARY>                         .74
<EPS-DILUTED>                         .73
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                             Exhibit 99.1

                                  RISK FACTORS

Dependence of Energy Industry

The Company's  principal  products  consist of OCTG and line pipe,  and sales of
these products to the energy industry  constitute the most significant source of
Maverick's revenues.  Revenues from the sale of OCTG and line pipe to the energy
industry  accounted for approximately  65%, 77% and 65% of total sales in fiscal
1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Demand for Maverick's OCTG products depends
primarily  upon the number of oil and  natural  gas wells  being  drilled in the
United States and Canada,  the depth and drilling  conditions of those wells and
the number of well completions,  all of which are in turn primarily dependent on
oil and  natural  gas  prices.  These  prices are  dependent  upon many  factors
including  world  supply and demand for oil and weather  conditons.  Uncertainty
continually  exists as to the future  level and  volatility  of domestic oil and
natural gas prices.

Effect of Changing Steel Prices

Purchased steel  represents  slightly more than two-thirds of Maverick's cost of
goods sold. The steel industry is highly cyclical in nature and steel prices are
influenced  by  numerous  factors,  many of which are beyond the  control of the
Company,  including general economic conditions,  industry capacity utilization,
import duties and other trade  restrictions  and currency  exchange  rates.  The
Company's  major  supplier of steel has announced  three price  decreases  since
mid-September,  1998 which reduced the  Company's  current  replacement  cost of
steel by $50 per ton.  Although the Company  expects that such price  reductions
will be fully reflected in the Company's cost of goods sold in the third quarter
of  fiscal  1999,  no  assurance  can be given as to the  duration  of the price
decrease or  anticipated  future steel  prices.  Also, no assurance can be given
that these  decreases  in steel  prices  will not impact  pricing  levels of the
Company's  products.  Steel trade cases were filed with the International  Trade
Commission in September, 1998 which could negatively impact the Company's future
replacement cost of steel.

Competition from Other Manufacturers

The production and marketing of the Company's energy and industrial products are
highly  competitive.  Some of Maverick's  competitors have greater financial and
marketing resources and business diversification than Maverick. Unlike Maverick,
many of its large OCTG  competitors are  integrated  steel producers who  do not
purchase their raw materials in the open market.  During periods of strong steel
demand and weak steel scrap prices,  Maverick may be at a disadvantage  to these
integrated competitors.

Competition from Imports

The domestic  OCTG market is affected by the level of imports of OCTG  products,
which has varied  significantly over time. High levels of imports (which existed
in fiscal  1994 and most of fiscal  1995)  reduced  the volume  sold by domestic
producers  and  suppressed  selling  prices of OCTG.  The Company  believes that
domestic import levels are affected by, among other things, overall world demand
for OCTG, the trade practices of and government  subsidies to foreign producers,
and the presence and absence of governmentally imposed trade restrictions in the
U.S.  Imports  accounted  for 18.7%,  17.2% and 11.1% of domestic  shipments  in
fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Domestic sales of structural  tubing
are also affected by imports.

Company's Sales Influenced by Industry Inventory Levels

Industry-wide  inventory  levels of OCTG  products can vary  significantly  from
period to period and have a direct  effect on the demand for new  production  of
such  products.  As a result,  the  Company's  OCTG  sales and net income may be
impacted   significantly  from  period  to  period.   Management  believes  that
industry-wide  OCTG inventory is currently at above normal levels in relation to
demand  as  estimated  months  of supply  of  inventory  increased  as of fiscal
year-end to 7.3 months.  There can be no assurance  that OCTG inventory will not
again become  excessive or that  substantial draw-downs of such inventories will
not occur.  Domestic  sales of  structural  tubing are also affected by changing
industry  inventory levels  generally  resulting from  corresponding  changes in
steel prices.

Company's Sales Affected by Seasonal Fluctuations

Maverick,  as  well  as the  OCTG  industry  in  general,  experiences  seasonal
fluctuations in demand for its products.  Because weather  conditions during the
first  half  of  the  calendar  year  normally  make  drilling  operations  more
difficult,   domestic  drilling  activity  and  the  corresponding   demand  for
Maverick's  products may be  generally  lower during the second and third fiscal
quarters,  as compared with the first and fourth fiscal quarters.  Maverick also
believes  it  experiences  seasonal  fluctuations  in demand for its  industrial
products,  although the timing of such fluctuations may differ from fluctuations
experienced in the OCTG industry.

Dependence on Significant Customers

In fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1996, one distributor,  National Oilwell Supply,  Inc.
("National Oilwell") accounted for 14% and 16%, respectively,  of Maverick's net
sales. In fiscal 1997, two  distributors,  National Oilwell and Master Tubulars,
Inc.  accounted for 25% of Maverick's  net sales.  Maverick  currently  utilizes
numerous  distributors  of its products and believes that  additional  qualified
distributors  are  available  to assist  Maverick in meeting  end users'  needs.
Although  Maverick  believes  that it could replace any one  distributor  of its
products,  including  National  Oilwell  or Master  Tubulars,  Inc.,  with other
qualified  distributors,  no  assurance  can be given that the loss of either of
these  distributors  or any other  customer  would not have a  material  adverse
effect on Maverick's net sales or results of operations.

Product Liability

Drilling for oil and natural gas involves a variety of risks. Certain losses may
result or be alleged to result  from  defects in  Maverick's  products,  thereby
subjecting  Maverick  to claims for  consequential  damages.  Maverick  warrants
certain of its OCTG and line pipe  products to be free of certain  defects.  The
use of  structural  tubing can also involve  risks,  and losses may result or be
alleged  to result  from  defects  in such  pipe and  tubing  products,  thereby
subjecting  the  manufacturer  of such  products  to  claims  for  consequential
damages.   Maverick  maintains  insurance  coverage  against  potential  product
liability claims in amounts which it believes to be adequate.  Maverick, has not
historically  incurred  material product liability costs, nor has it experienced
difficulties in obtaining or maintaining  adequate product  liability  insurance
coverage;  however,  no  assurance  can be  given  that in the  future,  product
liability  in excess of such  insurance  coverage  will not be  incurred or that
Maverick will be able to maintain such insurance coverage levels.

Regulatory Matters

The  business of Maverick is subject to numerous  local,  state and federal laws
and regulations concerning  environmental and safety matters.  Although Maverick
has not incurred  material costs of compliance  with such laws and  regulations,
there can be no assurance that future changes in such laws and regulations  will
not have a material effect on Maverick's operations.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission